1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2026 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occurs. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection, 298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337 /** 338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload 339 * 340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate 341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is 342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and 343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK. 344 */ 345 346 /** 347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 348 * 349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 350 * 351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 352 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 362 * compatibility only. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 368 * 369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, 391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents 399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO 400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address 403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 423 * attributes determining channel width. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 427 * 428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in 437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove 442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links. 443 * 444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 454 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 455 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 456 * 457 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 458 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 459 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 460 * global regdomain will be returned. 461 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 462 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 463 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 464 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 465 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 466 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 467 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 468 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 469 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 470 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 471 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 472 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 473 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 474 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 475 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 476 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 478 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 480 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 481 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 482 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 483 * 484 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 485 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 486 * 487 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 491 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 492 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 493 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 494 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 495 * added to all specified management frames generated by 496 * kernel/firmware/driver. 497 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 498 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 499 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 500 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 502 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 503 * 504 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 505 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 506 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 507 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 508 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 509 * be used. 510 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 511 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 512 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 513 * partial scan results may be available 514 * 515 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 516 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 517 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 518 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 519 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 520 * These attributes are mutually exclusive, 521 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 522 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 523 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 524 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 525 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 526 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 527 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 528 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 529 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 530 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 531 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 532 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 533 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 534 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 535 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 536 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 538 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 539 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 540 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 541 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 542 * results available. 543 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 544 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 545 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 546 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 547 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 548 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 549 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 550 * 551 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation 552 * or noise level 553 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 554 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 555 * 556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 557 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 558 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 559 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 561 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 562 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 563 * ESS. 564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 565 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 566 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 567 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads 568 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID. 569 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 570 * 571 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 572 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 573 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 574 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 575 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 576 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 577 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 578 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 579 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 580 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 581 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 582 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 583 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 584 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 585 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 586 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 587 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 588 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 589 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 590 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 591 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 592 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 593 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 594 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 595 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 596 * the beacon hint was processed. 597 * 598 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 599 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 600 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 601 * authentication process. 602 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 603 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 604 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 605 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 606 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the 608 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 609 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 610 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 611 * to the frame. 612 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 613 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 614 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 615 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 616 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 617 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 618 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 619 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 620 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 621 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 622 * pending authentication timed out). 623 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 624 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 625 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 626 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 627 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 628 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 629 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 630 * included). 631 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 632 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 633 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 634 * primitives). 635 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 637 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 638 * 639 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 640 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 641 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 642 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 643 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 644 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 645 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 646 * 647 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 648 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 649 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 650 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 651 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 652 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 653 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 654 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 655 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 656 * determined by the network interface. 657 * 658 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 659 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 660 * to the driver. 661 * 662 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 663 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 664 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 666 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 667 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 668 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 669 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 673 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 674 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 675 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 676 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 677 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 678 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 679 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 680 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 682 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 684 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 685 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 686 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 687 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 688 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 689 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 690 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 691 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 692 * a different BSS is desired. 693 * Background scan period can optionally be 694 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 695 * if not specified default background scan configuration 696 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 697 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 698 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 699 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 700 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 701 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 702 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 703 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 704 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 705 * well to remain backwards compatible. 706 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 707 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 708 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 709 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 710 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 711 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 712 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 713 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 714 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 715 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 716 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 717 * 718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 719 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 720 * 721 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 722 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 723 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 724 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 726 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 727 * frequency for the operation. 728 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 729 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 730 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 731 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 732 * radio). 733 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 734 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 735 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 736 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 737 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 738 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 739 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 740 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 741 * uniquely identify the request. 742 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 743 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 744 * 745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 746 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 747 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 748 * 749 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 750 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 751 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 752 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 753 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 754 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 755 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 756 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 757 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 758 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 759 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 760 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 761 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 762 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 763 * backward compatibility 764 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 765 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 766 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 767 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 768 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 769 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 770 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 771 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 772 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 773 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 774 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 775 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 776 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 777 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 778 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 779 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 780 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 781 * is used during CSA period. 782 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be 783 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses 784 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by 785 * lower layers. 786 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 787 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may 788 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. 789 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 790 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 791 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 792 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 793 * wait time. 794 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 795 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 796 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 797 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 798 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 799 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the 800 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 801 * indicate the ack RX timestamp. 802 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 803 * backward compatibility. 804 * 805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 806 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 807 * 808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 809 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 810 * levels. 811 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 812 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 813 * reached. 814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 815 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 816 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 817 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 818 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 819 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 820 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 821 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 822 * precedence when they are used. 823 * 824 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 825 * (no longer supported). 826 * 827 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 828 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 829 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 830 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 831 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 832 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 833 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 834 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 835 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 836 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 837 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 838 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 839 * command, the feature is disabled. 840 * 841 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 842 * mesh config parameters may be given. 843 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 844 * network is determined by the network interface. 845 * 846 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 847 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 848 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 849 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 850 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 851 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 852 * 853 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 854 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 855 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 856 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 857 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 858 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 859 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 860 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 861 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 862 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 863 * depending on the authentication result. 864 * 865 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 866 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 867 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 868 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 869 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 870 * more background information, see 871 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 872 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 873 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 874 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 875 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 876 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 877 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 878 * 879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 880 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 881 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 882 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 883 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 884 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 885 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 886 * 887 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 888 * of PMKSA caching candidates. 889 * 890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 891 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 892 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 893 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 894 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 895 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 896 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 897 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 898 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 899 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 900 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 901 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 902 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 903 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 904 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 907 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 908 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 909 * frames. For NAN_DATA interfaces, this is used to report frames from 910 * unknown peers (A2 not assigned to any active NDP). 911 * Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame is received. 912 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 913 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 914 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 915 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 916 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 917 * 918 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 919 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 920 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 921 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 922 * 923 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 924 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 925 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 926 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 927 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 928 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 929 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 930 * 931 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 932 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 933 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 934 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 935 * 936 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 937 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 938 * 939 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 940 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 941 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 942 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 943 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 944 * from the remote AP) is completed; 945 * 946 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 947 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 948 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 949 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 950 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 951 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 952 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 953 * interfaces to change channel as well. 954 * 955 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 956 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 957 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 958 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 959 * public action frame TX. 960 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 961 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 962 * 963 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 964 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 965 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 966 * is used for this. 967 * 968 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 969 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 970 * 971 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 972 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 973 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 974 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 975 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 976 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 977 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 978 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 979 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 980 * 981 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 982 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 983 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 984 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 985 * while operating on this channel. 986 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 987 * event. 988 * 989 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 990 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 991 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 992 * 993 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 994 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 995 * 996 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 997 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 998 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 999 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 1000 * 1001 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 1002 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 1003 * complete. 1004 * 1005 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 1006 * return back to normal. 1007 * 1008 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 1009 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 1010 * 1011 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 1012 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 1013 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 1014 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 1015 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 1017 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 1018 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 1019 * switch is complete. 1020 * 1021 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 1022 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 1023 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 1024 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1025 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1026 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1027 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1028 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1029 * 1030 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1031 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1032 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1033 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1034 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1035 * 1036 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1037 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1038 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1039 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1040 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1041 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1042 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1043 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1044 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1045 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1046 * fail even if the check was successful. 1047 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1048 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1049 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1050 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1051 * 1052 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1053 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1054 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1055 * 1056 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1057 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1058 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1059 * network is determined by the network interface. 1060 * 1061 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1062 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1063 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1064 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1065 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1066 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1067 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1068 * AP. 1069 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1070 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1071 * when this command completes. 1072 * 1073 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1074 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1075 * management. 1076 * 1077 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1078 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1079 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1080 * 1081 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1082 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1083 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1084 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1085 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1087 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1088 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1089 * decide what to use. Additional cluster configuration may be 1090 * optionally provided with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. 1091 * After this command NAN functions can be added. 1092 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1093 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1094 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1095 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1096 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1097 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1098 * of the function upon success. 1099 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1100 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1101 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1102 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1103 * which just terminated. 1104 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1105 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1106 * the response to this command. 1107 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1108 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1109 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1110 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1111 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1112 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1113 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1114 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1115 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1116 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1117 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1118 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1119 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1120 * Additional parameters may be provided with 1121 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. User space should provide all previously 1122 * configured nested attributes under %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, even if 1123 * only a subset was changed. 1124 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1125 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1126 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1127 * 1128 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1129 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1130 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1131 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1132 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1133 * 1134 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1135 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1136 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1137 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1138 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1139 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1140 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1141 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and 1142 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent 1143 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P- 1144 * client MAC address. 1145 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for 1146 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following 1147 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way 1148 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of 1149 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client). 1150 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1151 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1152 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1153 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1154 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1155 * 802.11 headers. 1156 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and 1157 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known 1158 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit 1159 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both 1160 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link 1161 * address of that link. 1162 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1163 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1164 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1165 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1166 * 1167 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1168 * 1169 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1170 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1171 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1172 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1173 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1174 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1175 * 1176 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1177 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1178 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1179 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1180 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1181 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1182 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1183 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1184 * command interface. 1185 * 1186 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in 1187 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO 1188 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD 1189 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability 1190 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling 1191 * MLO during the authentication offload or not. 1192 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it 1193 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User 1194 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request 1195 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable. 1196 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and 1197 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD 1198 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and 1199 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the 1200 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the 1201 * authentication. 1202 * 1203 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1204 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1205 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1206 * 1207 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1208 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1209 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1210 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1211 * 1212 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1213 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1214 * 1215 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1216 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1217 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1218 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1219 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1220 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1221 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1222 * the netlink extended ack message. 1223 * 1224 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1225 * 1226 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1227 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1228 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1229 * buffer size. 1230 * 1231 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1232 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1233 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1234 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1235 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1236 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1237 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1238 * 1239 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1240 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1241 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1242 * determining the width and type. 1243 * 1244 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1245 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1246 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1247 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1248 * 1249 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1250 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1251 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1252 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1253 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1254 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1255 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1256 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1257 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1258 * rate selection. 1259 * 1260 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1261 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1262 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1263 * 1264 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1265 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1266 * 1267 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1268 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1269 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1270 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1271 * 1272 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1273 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1274 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1275 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1276 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1277 * 1278 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1279 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1280 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1281 * 1282 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1283 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1284 * 1285 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1286 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1287 * 1288 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1289 * started 1290 * 1291 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1292 * been aborted 1293 * 1294 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1295 * has completed 1296 * 1297 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1298 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1299 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1300 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1301 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1302 * 1303 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1304 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1305 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1306 * specify the timeout value. 1307 * 1308 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1309 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1310 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1311 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1312 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1313 * 1314 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station 1315 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station 1316 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station 1317 * 1318 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing 1319 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1320 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the 1321 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for 1322 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC 1323 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable 1324 * HW timestamping. 1325 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently 1326 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS. 1327 * 1328 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD 1329 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with 1330 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide 1331 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links. 1332 * 1333 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a 1334 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and 1335 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the 1336 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic. 1337 * 1338 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF: For a non-AP MLD station, request to 1339 * add/remove links to/from the association. To indicate link 1340 * reconfiguration request results from the driver, this command is also 1341 * used as an event to notify userspace about the added links information. 1342 * For notifying the removed links information, the existing 1343 * %NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED command is used. This command is also used to 1344 * notify userspace about newly added links for the current connection in 1345 * case of AP-initiated link recommendation requests, received via 1346 * a BTM (BSS Transition Management) request or a link reconfig notify 1347 * frame, where the driver handles the link recommendation offload. 1348 * 1349 * @NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG: EPCS configuration for a station. Used by userland to 1350 * control EPCS configuration. Used to notify userland on the current state 1351 * of EPCS. 1352 * 1353 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION: This command is used to notify 1354 * user space about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW). User space may use 1355 * it to prepare frames to be sent in the next DW. 1356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to indicate the frequency of the next 1357 * DW. SDF transmission should be requested with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME and 1358 * the device/driver shall take care of the actual transmission timing. 1359 * This notification is only sent to the NAN interface owning socket 1360 * (see %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag). 1361 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED: This command is used to notify 1362 * user space that the NAN new cluster has been joined. The cluster ID is 1363 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1364 * 1365 * @NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT: Once any incumbent signal is detected 1366 * on the operating channel in 6 GHz band, userspace is notified with the 1367 * signal interference bitmap using 1368 * %NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP. The current channel 1369 * definition is also sent. 1370 * 1371 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED: Set the local NAN schedule. NAN must be 1372 * operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed). Must contain 1373 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS and %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB, but 1374 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL is optional (for example in case of a channel 1375 * removal, that channel won't be provided). 1376 * If %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED is set, the command is a request 1377 * from the device to perform an announced schedule update. See 1378 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED for more details. 1379 * If not set, the schedule should be applied immediately. 1380 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE: Event sent to user space to notify that 1381 * a deferred local NAN schedule update (requested with 1382 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED and %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED) 1383 * has been completed. The presence of %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS 1384 * indicates that the update was successful. 1385 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED: Set the peer NAN schedule. NAN 1386 * must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed). 1387 * Required attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_MAC (peer NMI address) and 1388 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW. 1389 * Optionally, the full schedule can be provided by including all of: 1390 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL (one or more), and 1391 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS (see &enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs). 1392 * If any of these three optional attributes is provided, all three must 1393 * be provided. 1394 * Each peer channel must be compatible with at least one local channel 1395 * set by %NL80211_CMD_SET_LOCAL_NAN_SCHED. Different maps must not 1396 * contain compatible channels. 1397 * For single-radio devices (n_radio <= 1), different maps must not 1398 * schedule the same time slot, as the device cannot operate on multiple 1399 * channels simultaneously. 1400 * When updating an existing peer schedule, the full new schedule must be 1401 * provided - partial updates are not supported. The new schedule will 1402 * completely replace the previous one. 1403 * The peer schedule is automatically removed when the NMI station is 1404 * removed. 1405 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_ULW_UPDATE: Notification from the driver to user space 1406 * with the updated ULW blob of the device. User space can use this blob 1407 * to attach to frames sent to peers. This notification contains 1408 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW with the ULW blob. 1409 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC: Notification to indicate that a NAN 1410 * channel has been evacuated due to resource conflicts with other 1411 * interfaces. This can happen when another interface sharing the channel 1412 * resource with NAN needs to move to a different channel (e.g., channel 1413 * switch or link switch on a BSS interface). 1414 * The notification contains %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attribute 1415 * identifying the evacuated channel. 1416 * User space may reconfigure the local schedule in response to this 1417 * notification. 1418 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1419 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1420 */ 1421 enum nl80211_commands { 1422 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1423 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1424 1425 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1426 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1427 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1428 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1429 1430 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1431 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1432 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1433 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1434 1435 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1436 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1437 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1438 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1439 1440 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1441 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1442 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1443 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1444 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1445 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1446 1447 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1448 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1449 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1450 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1451 1452 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1453 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1454 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1455 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1456 1457 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1458 1459 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1460 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1461 1462 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1463 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1464 1465 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1466 1467 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1468 1469 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1470 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1471 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1472 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1473 1474 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1475 1476 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1477 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1478 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1479 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1480 1481 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1482 1483 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1484 1485 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1486 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1487 1488 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1489 1490 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1491 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1492 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1493 1494 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1495 1496 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1497 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1498 1499 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1500 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1501 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1502 1503 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1504 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1505 1506 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1507 1508 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1509 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1510 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1511 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1512 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1513 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1514 1515 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1516 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1517 1518 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1519 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1520 1521 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1522 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1523 1524 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1525 1526 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1527 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1528 1529 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1530 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1531 1532 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1533 1534 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1535 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1536 1537 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1538 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1539 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1540 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1541 1542 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1543 1544 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1545 1546 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1547 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1548 1549 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1550 1551 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1552 1553 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1554 1555 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1556 1557 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1558 1559 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1560 1561 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1562 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1563 1564 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1565 1566 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1567 1568 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1569 1570 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1571 1572 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1573 1574 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1575 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1576 1577 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1578 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1579 1580 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1581 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1582 1583 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1584 1585 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1586 1587 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1588 1589 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1590 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1591 1592 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1593 1594 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1595 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1596 1597 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1598 1599 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1600 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1601 1602 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1603 1604 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1605 1606 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1607 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1608 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1609 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1610 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1611 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1612 1613 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1614 1615 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1616 1617 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1618 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1619 1620 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1621 1622 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1623 1624 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1625 1626 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1627 1628 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1629 1630 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1631 1632 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1633 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1634 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1635 1636 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1637 1638 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1639 1640 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1641 1642 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1643 1644 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1645 1646 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1647 1648 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1649 1650 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1651 1652 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1653 1654 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1655 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1656 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1657 1658 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1659 1660 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1661 1662 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1663 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1664 1665 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, 1666 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, 1667 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, 1668 1669 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP, 1670 1671 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED, 1672 1673 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING, 1674 1675 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF, 1676 NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG, 1677 1678 NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION, 1679 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED, 1680 1681 NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT, 1682 1683 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED, 1684 1685 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE, 1686 1687 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED, 1688 1689 NL80211_CMD_NAN_ULW_UPDATE, 1690 1691 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC, 1692 1693 /* add new commands above here */ 1694 1695 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1696 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1697 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1698 }; 1699 1700 /* 1701 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1702 * here 1703 */ 1704 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1705 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1706 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1707 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1708 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1709 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1710 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1711 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1712 1713 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1714 1715 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1716 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1717 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1718 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1719 1720 /** 1721 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1722 * 1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1724 * 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1726 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1730 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1731 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1732 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1733 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1735 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1736 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1738 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1739 * operating channel center frequency. 1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1741 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1743 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1744 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1745 * this attribute) 1746 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1747 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1748 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1749 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1751 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1752 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1754 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1755 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1757 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1758 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1760 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1761 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1763 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1764 * 1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1767 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1768 * 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1770 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1771 * 1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1773 * 1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1775 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1776 * keys 1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1779 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1781 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1784 * default management key 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1786 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1788 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1789 * 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1794 * 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1797 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1799 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1801 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1802 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1804 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1806 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1807 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1808 * 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1810 * consisting of a nested array. 1811 * 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1813 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1814 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1817 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1818 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1819 * 1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1821 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1822 * 1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1824 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1825 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1826 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1827 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1828 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1829 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1830 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1831 * to a specific alpha2. 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1833 * rules. 1834 * 1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1837 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1839 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1841 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1842 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1843 * 1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1845 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1846 * 1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1848 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1849 * of the interface mode. 1850 * 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1852 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1853 * 1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1855 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1856 * 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1858 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1860 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1862 * that can be added to a scan request 1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1864 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1866 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1867 * 1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1870 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1872 * 1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1874 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1876 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1877 * 1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1879 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1880 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1881 * 1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1883 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1884 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1887 * represented as a u32 1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1889 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1890 * 1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1892 * a u32 1893 * 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1895 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1896 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1897 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1898 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1900 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1901 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1902 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1903 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1904 * 1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1906 * cipher suites 1907 * 1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1909 * for other networks on different channels 1910 * 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1912 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1913 * 1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1915 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1916 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1917 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1918 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1919 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1920 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1921 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1922 * 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1924 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1925 * 1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1927 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1928 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1929 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1930 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1931 * default in station mode. 1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1933 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1934 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1935 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1936 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1937 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1939 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1940 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1942 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1943 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1944 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1945 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1946 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1947 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1948 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1949 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1950 * frames are not forwarded over the control port. 1951 * 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1953 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1954 * 1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1956 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1957 * a local disconnect request. 1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1959 * event (u16) 1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1961 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1962 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1963 * 1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1965 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1966 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1968 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1969 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1970 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1971 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1972 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1973 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1974 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1975 * 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1977 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1979 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1980 * 1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1982 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1983 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1984 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1985 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1986 * 1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1988 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1990 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1991 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1992 * 1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace. 1995 * 1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1997 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1998 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1999 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 2000 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 2001 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 2002 * completely from scratch. 2003 * 2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 2005 * 2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 2007 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 2008 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 2009 * 2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 2012 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 2013 * 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 2015 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 2016 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 2017 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 2018 * 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 2020 * 2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 2022 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 2023 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 2024 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 2025 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 2026 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 2027 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 2028 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 2029 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 2030 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 2031 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 2032 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 2033 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE and 2034 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT. 2035 * 2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 2037 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 2039 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 2041 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 2042 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 2043 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 2045 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 2046 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 2047 * 2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 2049 * acknowledged by the recipient. 2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32) 2051 * 2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 2053 * 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 2055 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 2056 * 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 2058 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 2059 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 2060 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 2061 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 2062 * 2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 2064 * connected to this BSS. 2065 * 2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 2067 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 2069 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 2070 * for non-automatic settings. 2071 * 2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 2073 * means support for per-station GTKs. 2074 * 2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 2076 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 2077 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 2078 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 2079 * 2080 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 2081 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 2082 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 2083 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 2084 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not. 2085 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 2086 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 2087 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not. 2088 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 2089 * support by returning -EINVAL. 2090 * 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 2092 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 2093 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 2094 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 2095 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 2096 * 2097 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2098 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 2099 * 2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2101 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 2102 * 2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 2104 * 2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 2106 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 2107 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 2108 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 2109 * nl80211 capability flag. 2110 * 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 2112 * 2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 2114 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 2115 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 2116 * 2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 2118 * changed once the mesh is active. 2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 2120 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 2122 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 2123 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 2125 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 2126 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 2127 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 2128 * 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 2130 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 2132 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 2133 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 2134 * triggers. 2135 * 2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 2137 * cycles, in msecs. 2138 * 2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 2140 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 2141 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 2142 * pass-thru filter rules. 2143 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 2144 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 2145 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 2146 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 2147 * able to ignore them by itself. 2148 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 2149 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 2150 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 2151 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 2152 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 2153 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 2154 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 2155 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 2156 * 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 2158 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 2159 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2160 * If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set), 2161 * this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio. 2162 * See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy 2163 * combinations for the sum of all radios. 2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 2165 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 2166 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 2167 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 2168 * 2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 2170 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 2171 * 2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 2173 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 2174 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 2175 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 2176 * 2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 2178 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 2179 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 2180 * 2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 2182 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 2183 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 2184 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 2186 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 2187 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 2188 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 2189 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2190 * 2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2192 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2194 * as AP. 2195 * 2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2197 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2198 * 2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2200 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2201 * 2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2203 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2204 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2205 * applications use this attribute. 2206 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2207 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2208 * 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2210 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2211 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2213 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2215 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2217 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2219 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2220 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2221 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2222 * 2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2224 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2225 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2226 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2227 * 2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2229 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2230 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2231 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2232 * 2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2234 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2236 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2237 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2238 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2239 * 2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2241 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2242 * to be filled by the FW. 2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2244 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2245 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2247 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2248 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2250 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2251 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2252 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable 2253 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2254 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2256 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2257 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2258 * The values that may be configured are: 2259 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2260 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2261 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2262 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2263 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2265 * ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2266 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2267 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2268 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2269 * the station debugfs vht_caps file. 2270 * 2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2272 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2273 * to one DFS region. 2274 * 2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2276 * up to 16 TIDs. 2277 * 2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2279 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2280 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2281 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2282 * capability to timeout the stations. 2283 * 2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2285 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2286 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2287 * 2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2289 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2290 * 2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2292 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2293 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2294 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2295 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2296 * 2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2298 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2299 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2300 * 2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2302 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2303 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2304 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2305 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2306 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2307 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2308 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2309 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2310 * consistent. 2311 * 2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2313 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2314 * 2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2316 * 2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2318 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2320 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2321 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2322 * no change is made. 2323 * 2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2325 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2326 * 2327 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2328 * carried in a u32 attribute 2329 * 2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2331 * MAC ACL. 2332 * 2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2334 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2335 * ACL. 2336 * 2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2338 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2339 * 2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2341 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2342 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2344 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2345 * 2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2347 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2348 * 2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2350 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2351 * and PU-APSD. 2352 * 2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2354 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2355 * 2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2357 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2358 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2359 * 2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2361 * 2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2363 * Element 2364 * 2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2366 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2367 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2368 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2369 * 2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2371 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2372 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2373 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. For S1G interfaces, this is limited to 2374 * 1600 for the current mac80211 implementation. 2375 * 2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2377 * 2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2379 * until the channel switch event. 2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2381 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2382 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2383 * was requested by the AP. 2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2385 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2387 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2389 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2390 * 2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2392 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2393 * 2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2395 * 2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2397 * operating classes. 2398 * 2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2400 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2401 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2402 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2403 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2404 * IBSS network. 2405 * 2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2407 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2409 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2410 * 2411 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2412 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2413 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2414 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2415 * u8 attribute. 2416 * 2417 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2418 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2421 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2423 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2424 * 2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2426 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2427 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2428 * 2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2430 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2431 * 2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2433 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2434 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2435 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2436 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2437 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2438 * 2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2440 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2442 * supported number of csa counters. 2443 * 2444 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2445 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2446 * 2447 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2448 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2449 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2450 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2451 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2452 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2453 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2454 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2455 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2456 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2457 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2458 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2459 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2460 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2461 * multicast group. 2462 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2463 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2464 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2465 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2466 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2467 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2468 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2469 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2470 * 2471 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2472 * the TDLS link initiator. 2473 * 2474 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2475 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2476 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2477 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2478 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2479 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2480 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2481 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2482 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2483 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2484 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2485 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2486 * 2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2488 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2489 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2490 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2491 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2492 * 2493 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2494 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2495 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2496 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2497 * 2498 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2499 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2500 * 2501 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2502 * 2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2504 * 2505 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2506 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2507 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2508 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2509 * 2510 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2511 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2512 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2513 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2514 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2515 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2516 * 2517 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2518 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2519 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2520 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2521 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2522 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2523 * over all channels. 2524 * 2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2526 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2527 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2528 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2529 * 2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2531 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2532 * 2533 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2534 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2535 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2536 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2538 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2540 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2541 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2542 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2543 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2544 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2545 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2546 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2547 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2548 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2550 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2551 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2552 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2553 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2554 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2555 * 2556 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2557 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2558 * 2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2560 * 2561 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2562 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2563 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and 2564 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, 2565 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are 2566 * present. 2567 * 2568 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2569 * groupID for monitor mode. 2570 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2571 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2572 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2573 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2574 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2575 * each group. 2576 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2577 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2578 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2579 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2580 * groupID data. 2581 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2582 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2583 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2584 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2585 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2586 * 2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2588 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2589 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2590 * attribute must not be included). 2591 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2592 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2593 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2594 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2595 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2596 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2597 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2598 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2599 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2600 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2601 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2602 * 2603 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2604 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2605 * 2606 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2607 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2608 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2609 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2610 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2612 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2613 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2614 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2615 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2616 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2617 * the device will decide what to use. 2618 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2619 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2620 * attribute. 2621 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2622 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2623 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2624 * protection. 2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2626 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2627 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2628 * 2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2630 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2631 * 2632 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2633 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2634 * 2635 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2636 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2637 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2638 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2639 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2640 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2641 * unnecessary wakeups. 2642 * 2643 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2644 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2645 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2646 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2647 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2648 * 2649 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2650 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2651 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2652 * 2653 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2654 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2655 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2656 * 2657 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2658 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2659 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2660 * 2661 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2662 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2663 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2664 * 2665 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2666 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2667 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2668 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2669 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2670 * 2671 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP 2672 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2673 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2674 * 2675 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2676 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2677 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2678 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2679 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2680 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2681 * is included as well. 2682 * 2683 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2684 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2685 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2686 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2687 * 2688 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2689 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2690 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2691 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2693 * 2694 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2695 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2696 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2697 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2698 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2699 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2700 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2701 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2702 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2703 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2704 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2705 * 2706 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2707 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2708 * 2709 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2710 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2711 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2712 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2713 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2714 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2715 * enforced. 2716 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2717 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2718 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2719 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2720 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set (except for NAN, which uses WME 2721 * anyway). 2722 * 2723 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2724 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2725 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2726 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2727 * 2728 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2729 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2730 * 2731 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2732 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2733 * invalid value. 2734 * 2735 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2736 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2737 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2738 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2739 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2740 * 2741 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2742 * scheduler. 2743 * 2744 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2745 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2746 * possible values. 2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2748 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2749 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2750 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2751 * or per-station. 2752 * 2753 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2754 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2755 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2756 * 2757 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2758 * 2759 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2760 * functionality. 2761 * 2762 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2763 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2764 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2765 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2766 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2767 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2768 * 2769 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2770 * (u16). 2771 * 2772 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2773 * 2774 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2775 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2776 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2777 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2778 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2779 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2780 * 2781 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2782 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2783 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2784 * attributes. 2785 * 2786 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2787 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2788 * 2789 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2790 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2791 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2792 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2793 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2794 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2795 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2796 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2797 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2798 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2799 * 2800 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2801 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2802 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2803 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2804 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2805 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2806 * has expired. 2807 * 2808 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2809 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2810 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2811 * disassociation is still forced. 2812 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2813 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2814 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2815 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2816 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2817 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2818 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2819 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2820 * 2821 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2822 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2823 * 2824 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2825 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2826 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2827 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2828 * 2829 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2830 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2831 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2832 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2833 * 2834 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2835 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2836 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2837 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2838 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2839 * 2840 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2841 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2842 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2843 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2844 * 2845 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2846 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2847 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2848 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2849 * 2850 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2851 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2852 * is desired. 2853 * 2854 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2855 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2856 * 2857 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2858 * until the color switch event. 2859 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2860 * switching to 2861 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2862 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2863 * 2864 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2865 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2866 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2867 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2868 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2869 * parameters. 2870 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2871 * 2872 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2873 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2874 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2875 * 2876 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2877 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2878 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2879 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2880 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2881 * radar channel. 2882 * 2883 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2884 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2885 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2886 * 2887 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2888 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2889 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2890 * 2891 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2892 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2893 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2894 * per-link information and a link ID. 2895 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as 2896 * authenticate/associate. 2897 * 2898 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO 2899 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not 2900 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. 2901 * 2902 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of 2903 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 2904 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this 2905 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM 2906 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum 2907 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. 2908 * 2909 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) 2910 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) 2911 * 2912 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in 2913 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2914 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2915 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX 2916 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2917 * the ack TX timestamp. 2918 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in 2919 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2920 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2921 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX 2922 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2923 * the incoming frame RX timestamp. 2924 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent 2925 * (re)associations. 2926 * 2927 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest 2928 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1 2929 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are 2930 * reserved. 2931 * 2932 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW 2933 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute. 2934 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying 2935 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported. 2936 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should 2937 * be enabled or not (flag attribute). 2938 * 2939 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for 2940 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used 2941 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled. 2942 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple 2943 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting 2944 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element 2945 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon 2946 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same 2947 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of 2948 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon. 2949 * 2950 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Unused. It was used to indicate that a link 2951 * is disabled during association. However, the AP will send the 2952 * information by including a TTLM in the association response. 2953 * 2954 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e. 2955 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or 2956 * cannot be used at all. 2957 * 2958 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to 2959 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2960 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2961 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2962 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to 2963 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2964 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2965 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2966 * 2967 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with 2968 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs 2969 * are used on this connection 2970 * 2971 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios 2972 * belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs. 2973 * 2974 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the 2975 * supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each 2976 * nested item, it contains attributes defined in 2977 * &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2978 * 2979 * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32). 2980 * A value of 0 means all radios. 2981 * 2982 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS: supported BSS Membership Selectors, array 2983 * of supported selectors as defined by IEEE Std 802.11-2020 9.4.2.3 but 2984 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS). 2985 * This can be used to provide a list of selectors that are implemented 2986 * by the supplicant. If not given, support for SAE_H2E is assumed. 2987 * 2988 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS: (u16) A bitmask of the links requested 2989 * to be removed from the MLO association. 2990 * 2991 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPCS: Flag attribute indicating that EPCS is enabled for a 2992 * station interface. 2993 * 2994 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS: Extended MLD capabilities and 2995 * operations that userspace implements to use during association/ML 2996 * link reconfig, currently only "BTM MLD Recommendation For Multiple 2997 * APs Support". Drivers may set additional flags that they support 2998 * in the kernel or device. 2999 * 3000 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX: (int) Integer attribute denoting the index 3001 * of the radio in interest. Internally a value of -1 is used to 3002 * indicate that the radio id is not given in user-space. This means 3003 * that all the attributes are applicable to all the radios. If there is 3004 * a radio index provided in user-space, the attributes will be 3005 * applicable to that specific radio only. If the radio id is greater 3006 * thank the number of radios, error denoting invalid value is returned. 3007 * 3008 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD: (u8) Integer attribute that represents 3009 * the number of beacon intervals between each long beacon transmission 3010 * for an S1G BSS with short beaconing enabled. This is a required 3011 * attribute for initialising an S1G short beaconing BSS. When updating 3012 * the short beacon data, this is not required. It has a minimum value of 3013 * 2 (i.e 2 beacon intervals). 3014 * 3015 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON: Nested attribute containing the short beacon 3016 * head and tail used to set or update the short beacon templates. When 3017 * bringing up a new interface, %NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD is 3018 * required alongside this attribute. Refer to 3019 * @enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs for the attribute definitions. 3020 * 3021 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM: nested attribute used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY 3022 * which indicates which BSS parameters can be modified. The attribute can 3023 * also be used as flag attribute by user-space in %NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS to 3024 * indicate that it wants strict checking on the BSS parameters to be 3025 * modified. 3026 * 3027 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG: Nested attribute for 3028 * extended NAN cluster configuration. This is used with 3029 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. 3030 * See &enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes for details. 3031 * This attribute is optional. 3032 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER: Flag attribute indicating that a new 3033 * NAN cluster has been created. This is used with 3034 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED 3035 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES: Nested attribute for NAN capabilities. 3036 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to indicate the NAN 3037 * capabilities supported by the driver. See &enum nl80211_nan_capabilities 3038 * for details. 3039 * 3040 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ: flag attribute indicating that the S1G 3041 * primary channel is 2 MHz wide, and the control channel designates 3042 * the 1 MHz primary subchannel within that 2 MHz primary. 3043 * 3044 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER: A flag attribute to indicate if the peer is an EPP 3045 * STA. Used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STA and %NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA 3046 * 3047 * @NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY: UHR Capability information element (from 3048 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 3049 * only if HE/EHT are also available. 3050 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR: Force UHR capable interfaces to disable 3051 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 3052 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 3053 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL: This is a nested attribute. There can be multiple 3054 * attributes of this type, each one represents a channel definition and 3055 * consists of top-level attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ. 3056 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED, it specifies 3057 * the channel definitions on which the radio needs to operate during 3058 * specific time slots. All of the channel definitions should be mutually 3059 * incompatible. With this command, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY and 3060 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS are mandatory. 3061 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED, it configures the 3062 * peer NAN channels. In that case, the channel definitions can be 3063 * compatible to each other, or even identical just with different RX NSS. 3064 * With this command, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY and 3065 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS are mandatory. 3066 * The number of channels should fit the current configuration of channels 3067 * and the possible interface combinations. 3068 * If an existing NAN channel is changed but the chandef isn't, the 3069 * channel entry must also remain unchanged. 3070 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC, this identifies the 3071 * channels that were evacuated. 3072 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY: a byte array of 6 bytes. contains the 3073 * Channel Entry as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 3074 * 100 (Channel Entry format for the NAN Availability attribute). 3075 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS: (u8) RX NSS used for a NAN channel. This is 3076 * used with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL when configuring NAN channels with 3077 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED or %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED. 3078 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS: an array of u8 values and 32 cells. each value 3079 * maps a time slot to the chandef on which the radio should operate on in 3080 * that time. %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT indicates unscheduled. 3081 * The chandef is represented using its index, where the index is the 3082 * sequential number of the %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attribute within all 3083 * the attributes of this type. 3084 * Each slots spans over 16TUs, hence the entire schedule spans over 3085 * 512TUs. Other slot durations and periods are currently not supported. 3086 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB: (Binary) The NAN Availability attribute blob, 3087 * including the attribute header, as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 3088 * specification Table 93 (NAN Availability attribute format). Required with 3089 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED to provide the raw NAN Availability 3090 * attribute. Used by the device to publish Schedule Update NAFs. 3091 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED: Flag attribute used with 3092 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED. When present, the command is a 3093 * request from the device to perform an announced schedule update. This 3094 * means that it needs to send the updated NAN availability to the peers, 3095 * and do the actual switch on the right time (i.e. at the end of the slot 3096 * after the slot in which the updated NAN Availability was sent). Since 3097 * the slots management is done in the device, the update to the peers 3098 * needs to be sent by the device, so it knows the actual switch time. 3099 * If the flag is not set, the schedule should be applied immediately. 3100 * When this flag is set, the total number of NAN channels from both the 3101 * old and new schedules must not exceed the allowed number of local NAN 3102 * channels, because with deferred scheduling the old channels cannot be 3103 * removed before adding the new ones to free up space. 3104 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS: flag attribute used with 3105 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE to indicate that the deferred 3106 * schedule update completed successfully. If this flag is not present, 3107 * the update failed. 3108 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NMI_MAC: The address of the NMI station to which this NDI 3109 * station belongs. Used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION when adding an NDI 3110 * station. 3111 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW: (Binary) The initial ULW(s) as published by the 3112 * peer, as defined in the Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 109 3113 * (Unaligned Schedule attribute format). Used to configure the device 3114 * with the initial ULW(s) of a peer, before the device starts tracking it. 3115 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW: (u16) The committed DW as published by the 3116 * peer, as defined in the Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 80 3117 * (Committed DW Information field format). 3118 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID: (u8) The sequence ID of the peer schedule that 3119 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED defines. The device follows the 3120 * sequence ID in the frames to identify newer schedules. Once a schedule 3121 * with a higher sequence ID is received, the device may stop communicating 3122 * with that peer until a new peer schedule with a matching sequence ID is 3123 * received. 3124 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME: (u16) The maximum channel switch 3125 * time, in microseconds. 3126 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS: Nested array of peer schedule maps. 3127 * Used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED. Contains up to 2 entries, 3128 * each containing nested attributes from &enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs. 3129 * 3130 * @NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP: u32 attribute specifying 3131 * the signal interference bitmap detected on the operating bandwidth for 3132 * %NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT. Each bit represents a 20 MHz 3133 * segment, lowest bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz segment, in the 3134 * operating bandwidth where the interference is detected. Punctured 3135 * sub-channels are included in the bitmap structure; however, since 3136 * interference detection is not performed on these sub-channels, their 3137 * corresponding bits are consistently set to zero. 3138 * 3139 * @NL80211_ATTR_UHR_OPERATION: Full UHR Operation element, as it appears in 3140 * association response etc., since it's abridged in the beacon. Used 3141 * for START_AP etc. 3142 * 3143 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 3144 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 3145 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3146 */ 3147 enum nl80211_attrs { 3148 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 3149 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 3150 3151 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 3152 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 3153 3154 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 3155 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 3156 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 3157 3158 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 3159 3160 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 3161 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 3162 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 3163 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 3164 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 3165 3166 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3167 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 3168 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 3169 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 3170 3171 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 3172 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 3173 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 3174 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 3175 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 3176 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 3177 3178 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 3179 3180 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 3181 3182 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 3183 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 3184 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 3185 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 3186 3187 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 3188 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3189 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3190 3191 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 3192 3193 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 3194 3195 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 3196 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 3197 3198 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 3199 3200 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 3201 3202 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 3203 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 3204 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 3205 3206 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 3207 3208 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 3209 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 3210 3211 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 3212 3213 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 3214 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 3215 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 3216 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 3217 3218 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 3219 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 3220 3221 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 3222 3223 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 3224 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 3225 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 3226 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 3227 3228 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 3229 3230 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3231 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 3232 3233 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 3234 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 3235 3236 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 3237 3238 3239 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 3240 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 3241 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 3242 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 3243 3244 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 3245 3246 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 3247 3248 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 3249 3250 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 3251 3252 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 3253 3254 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 3255 3256 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 3257 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 3258 3259 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 3260 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 3261 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 3262 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 3263 3264 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 3265 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 3266 3267 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 3268 3269 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 3270 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 3271 3272 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 3273 3274 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 3275 3276 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 3277 3278 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 3279 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 3280 3281 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 3282 3283 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 3284 3285 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 3286 3287 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 3288 3289 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 3290 3291 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 3292 3293 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 3294 3295 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 3296 3297 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 3298 3299 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 3300 3301 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3302 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 3303 3304 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 3305 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 3306 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 3307 3308 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 3309 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 3310 3311 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 3312 3313 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 3314 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 3315 3316 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 3317 3318 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 3319 3320 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 3321 3322 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 3323 3324 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 3325 3326 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 3327 3328 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 3329 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 3330 3331 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 3332 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 3333 3334 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 3335 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 3336 3337 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 3338 3339 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3340 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 3341 3342 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 3343 3344 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 3345 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3346 3347 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 3348 3349 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 3350 3351 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 3352 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 3353 3354 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 3355 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 3356 3357 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 3358 3359 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 3360 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 3361 3362 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 3363 3364 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 3365 3366 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 3367 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 3368 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 3369 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 3370 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 3371 3372 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 3373 3374 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 3375 3376 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 3377 3378 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 3379 3380 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 3381 3382 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 3383 3384 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 3385 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3386 3387 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 3388 3389 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 3390 3391 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 3392 3393 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 3394 3395 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 3396 3397 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 3398 3399 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 3400 3401 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 3402 3403 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 3404 3405 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 3406 3407 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 3408 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 3409 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 3410 3411 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 3412 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 3413 3414 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 3415 3416 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 3417 3418 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 3419 3420 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 3421 3422 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 3423 3424 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 3425 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 3426 3427 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 3428 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 3429 3430 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 3431 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 3432 3433 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 3434 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3435 3436 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 3437 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 3438 3439 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 3440 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 3441 3442 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 3443 3444 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 3445 3446 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 3447 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 3448 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 3449 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 3450 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 3451 3452 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3453 3454 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3455 3456 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3457 3458 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3459 3460 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3461 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3462 3463 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3464 3465 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3466 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3467 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3468 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3469 3470 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3471 3472 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3473 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3474 3475 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3476 3477 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3478 3479 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3480 3481 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3482 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3483 3484 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3485 3486 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3487 3488 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3489 3490 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3491 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3492 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3493 3494 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3495 3496 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3497 3498 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3499 3500 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3501 3502 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3503 3504 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3505 3506 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3507 3508 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3509 3510 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3511 3512 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3513 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3514 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3515 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3516 3517 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3518 3519 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3520 3521 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3522 3523 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3524 3525 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3526 3527 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3528 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3529 3530 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3531 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3532 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3533 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3534 3535 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3536 3537 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3538 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3539 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3540 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3541 3542 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3543 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3544 3545 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3546 3547 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3548 3549 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3550 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3551 3552 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3553 3554 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3555 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3556 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3557 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3558 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3559 3560 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3561 3562 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3563 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3564 3565 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3566 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3567 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3568 3569 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3570 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3571 3572 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3573 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3574 3575 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3576 3577 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3578 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3579 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3580 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3581 3582 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3583 3584 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3585 3586 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3587 3588 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3589 3590 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3591 3592 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3593 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3594 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3595 3596 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3597 3598 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3599 3600 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3601 3602 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3603 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3604 3605 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3606 3607 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3608 3609 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3610 3611 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3612 3613 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3614 3615 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3616 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3617 3618 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3619 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3620 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3621 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3622 3623 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3624 3625 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3626 3627 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3628 3629 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3630 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3631 3632 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3633 3634 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3635 3636 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3637 3638 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3639 3640 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3641 3642 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3643 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3644 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3645 3646 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3647 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3648 3649 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3650 3651 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3652 3653 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3654 3655 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3656 3657 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3658 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3659 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, 3660 3661 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, 3662 3663 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, 3664 3665 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, 3666 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3667 3668 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3669 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3670 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP, 3671 3672 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3673 3674 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS, 3675 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED, 3676 3677 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS, 3678 3679 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED, 3680 3681 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA, 3682 3683 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK, 3684 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK, 3685 3686 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU, 3687 3688 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS, 3689 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3690 3691 NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK, 3692 3693 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS, 3694 3695 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS, 3696 NL80211_ATTR_EPCS, 3697 3698 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS, 3699 3700 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX, 3701 3702 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD, 3703 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON, 3704 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM, 3705 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, 3706 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER, 3707 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES, 3708 3709 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ, 3710 3711 NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER, 3712 3713 NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY, 3714 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR, 3715 3716 NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP, 3717 3718 NL80211_ATTR_UHR_OPERATION, 3719 3720 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL, 3721 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY, 3722 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS, 3723 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS, 3724 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB, 3725 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED, 3726 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS, 3727 3728 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NMI_MAC, 3729 3730 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW, 3731 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW, 3732 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID, 3733 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME, 3734 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS, 3735 3736 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3737 3738 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3739 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3740 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3741 }; 3742 3743 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3744 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3745 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3746 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3747 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3748 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3749 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3750 3751 /* 3752 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3753 * here 3754 */ 3755 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3756 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3757 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3758 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3759 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3760 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3761 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3762 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3763 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3764 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3765 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3766 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3767 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3768 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3769 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3770 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3771 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3772 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3773 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3774 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3775 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3776 3777 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3778 3779 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3780 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS 128 3781 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3782 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3783 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3784 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3785 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3786 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3787 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3788 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3789 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3790 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3791 3792 /* 3793 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 3794 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. 3795 */ 3796 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3797 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3798 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3799 3800 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3801 3802 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3803 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3804 3805 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3806 3807 /** 3808 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3809 * 3810 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3811 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3812 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3813 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3814 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3815 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3816 * AP type interface. 3817 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3818 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3819 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3820 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3821 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3822 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3823 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3824 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3825 * commands to create and destroy one 3826 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3827 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3828 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3829 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA: NAN data interface type (netdev); NAN data 3830 * interfaces can only be brought up (IFF_UP) when a NAN interface 3831 * already exists and NAN has been started (using %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN). 3832 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3833 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3834 * 3835 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3836 * to set the type of an interface. 3837 * 3838 */ 3839 enum nl80211_iftype { 3840 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3841 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3842 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3843 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3844 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3845 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3846 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3847 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3848 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3849 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3850 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3851 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3852 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3853 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA, 3854 3855 /* keep last */ 3856 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3857 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3858 }; 3859 3860 /** 3861 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3862 * 3863 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3864 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3865 * 3866 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3867 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3868 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3869 * with short barker preamble 3870 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3871 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3872 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3873 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3874 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3875 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3876 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3877 * as errors.) 3878 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3879 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3880 * previously added station into associated state 3881 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs 3882 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3883 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3884 */ 3885 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3886 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3887 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3888 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3889 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3890 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3891 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3892 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3893 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3894 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU, 3895 3896 /* keep last */ 3897 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3898 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3899 }; 3900 3901 /** 3902 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3903 * 3904 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3905 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3906 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3907 */ 3908 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3909 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3910 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3911 3912 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3913 }; 3914 3915 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3916 3917 /** 3918 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3919 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3920 * @set: which values to set them to 3921 * 3922 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3923 */ 3924 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3925 __u32 mask; 3926 __u32 set; 3927 } __attribute__((packed)); 3928 3929 /** 3930 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3931 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3932 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3933 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3934 */ 3935 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3936 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3937 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3938 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3939 }; 3940 3941 /** 3942 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3943 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec 3944 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec 3945 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec 3946 */ 3947 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3948 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3949 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3950 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3951 }; 3952 3953 /** 3954 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3955 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3956 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3957 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3958 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3959 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3960 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3961 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3962 */ 3963 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3964 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3965 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3966 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3967 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3968 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3969 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3970 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3971 }; 3972 3973 /** 3974 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 3975 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3976 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3977 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3978 */ 3979 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 3980 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 3981 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 3982 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 3983 }; 3984 3985 /** 3986 * enum nl80211_eht_ltf - EHT long training field 3987 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF: 3.2 usec 3988 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF: 6.4 usec 3989 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF: 12.8 usec 3990 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF: 19.2 usec 3991 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF: 25.6 usec 3992 */ 3993 enum nl80211_eht_ltf { 3994 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF, 3995 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF, 3996 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF, 3997 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF, 3998 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF, 3999 }; 4000 4001 /** 4002 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 4003 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 4004 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 4005 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 4006 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 4007 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 4008 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 4009 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 4010 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 4011 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 4012 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 4013 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 4014 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 4015 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 4016 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 4017 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 4018 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 4019 */ 4020 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 4021 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 4022 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 4023 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 4024 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 4025 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 4026 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 4027 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 4028 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 4029 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 4030 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 4031 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 4032 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 4033 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 4034 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 4035 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 4036 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 4037 }; 4038 4039 /** 4040 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 4041 * 4042 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 4043 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 4044 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 4045 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 4046 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 4047 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 4048 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 4049 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 4050 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 4051 * 4052 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4053 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 4054 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 4055 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 4056 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 4057 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 4058 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 4059 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 4060 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 4061 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 4062 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 4063 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 4064 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 4065 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 4066 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 4067 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 4068 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 4069 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 4070 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 4071 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 4072 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 4073 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 4074 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 4075 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 4076 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 4077 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 4078 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 4079 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 4080 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 4081 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 4082 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 4083 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 4084 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 4085 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10) 4086 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4) 4087 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate 4088 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate 4089 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate 4090 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate 4091 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate 4092 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS: UHR MCS index (u8, 0-15, 17, 19, 20, 23) 4093 * Note that the other EHT attributes (such as @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS) 4094 * are used in conjunction with this where applicable 4095 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR: UHR ELR flag, which restricts NSS to 1, 4096 * MCS to 0 or 1, and GI to %NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6. 4097 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM: UHR Interference Mitigation flag 4098 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4099 */ 4100 enum nl80211_rate_info { 4101 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 4102 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 4103 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 4104 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 4105 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 4106 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 4107 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 4108 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 4109 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 4110 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 4111 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 4112 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 4113 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 4114 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 4115 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 4116 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 4117 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 4118 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 4119 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 4120 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 4121 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 4122 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 4123 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 4124 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS, 4125 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS, 4126 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH, 4127 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH, 4128 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH, 4129 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH, 4130 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH, 4131 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS, 4132 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR, 4133 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM, 4134 4135 /* keep last */ 4136 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4137 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4138 }; 4139 4140 /** 4141 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 4142 * 4143 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 4144 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 4145 * 4146 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4147 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 4148 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 4149 * (flag) 4150 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 4151 * (flag) 4152 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 4153 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 4154 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 4155 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4156 */ 4157 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 4158 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 4159 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 4160 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 4161 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 4162 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 4163 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4164 4165 /* keep last */ 4166 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 4167 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4168 }; 4169 4170 /** 4171 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 4172 * 4173 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 4174 * when getting information about a station. 4175 * 4176 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4177 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 4178 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 4179 * (u32, from this station) 4180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 4181 * (u32, to this station) 4182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 4183 * (u64, from this station) 4184 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 4185 * (u64, to this station) 4186 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 4187 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 4188 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 4189 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 4190 * (u32, from this station) 4191 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 4192 * (u32, to this station) 4193 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 4194 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 4195 * (u32, to this station) 4196 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 4197 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 4198 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 4199 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 4200 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 4201 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 4202 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 4203 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 4204 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 4205 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 4206 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 4207 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 4208 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 4209 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 4210 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 4211 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 4212 * non-peer STA 4213 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 4214 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 4215 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 4216 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 4217 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also 4218 * the 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 4219 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 4220 * (u64) 4221 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 4222 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 4223 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 4224 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 4225 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 4226 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 4227 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 4228 * attributes carrying the actual values. 4229 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 4230 * received from the station (u64, usec) 4231 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4232 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 4233 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 4234 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 4235 * (u32, from this station) 4236 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 4237 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 4238 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 4239 * might not be fully accurate. 4240 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 4241 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 4242 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 4243 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 4244 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 4245 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 4246 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 4247 * of STA's association 4248 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 4249 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 4250 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 4251 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 4252 */ 4253 enum nl80211_sta_info { 4254 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 4255 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 4256 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 4257 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 4258 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 4259 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 4260 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 4261 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 4262 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 4263 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 4264 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 4265 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 4266 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 4267 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 4268 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 4269 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 4270 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 4271 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 4272 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 4273 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 4274 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 4275 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 4276 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 4277 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 4278 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 4279 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4280 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 4281 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 4282 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 4283 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 4284 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 4285 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 4286 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 4287 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 4288 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 4289 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 4290 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 4291 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 4292 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4293 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 4294 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 4295 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 4296 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 4297 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4298 4299 /* keep last */ 4300 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4301 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4302 }; 4303 4304 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 4305 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 4306 4307 4308 /** 4309 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 4310 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4311 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 4312 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 4313 * attempted to transmit; u64) 4314 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 4315 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 4316 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 4317 * MSDUs (u64) 4318 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4319 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 4320 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 4321 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4322 */ 4323 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 4324 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 4325 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 4326 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 4327 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 4328 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 4329 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 4330 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 4331 4332 /* keep last */ 4333 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 4334 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 4335 }; 4336 4337 /** 4338 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 4339 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4340 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 4341 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 4342 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 4343 * backlogged 4344 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 4345 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 4346 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 4347 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 4348 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 4349 * (only for per-phy stats) 4350 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 4351 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 4352 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 4353 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 4354 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4355 */ 4356 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 4357 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 4358 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 4359 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 4360 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 4361 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 4362 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 4363 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 4364 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 4365 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 4366 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 4367 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 4368 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 4369 4370 /* keep last */ 4371 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 4372 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 4373 }; 4374 4375 /** 4376 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 4377 * 4378 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 4379 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 4380 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 4381 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 4382 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 4383 */ 4384 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 4385 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 4386 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 4387 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 4388 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 4389 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 4390 }; 4391 4392 /** 4393 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 4394 * 4395 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 4396 * information about a mesh path. 4397 * 4398 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4399 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 4400 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 4401 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 4402 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 4403 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 4404 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 4405 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 4406 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 4407 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 4408 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 4409 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 4410 * currently defined 4411 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4412 */ 4413 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 4414 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 4415 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 4416 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 4417 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 4418 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 4419 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 4420 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4421 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 4422 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 4423 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 4424 4425 /* keep last */ 4426 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4427 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4428 }; 4429 4430 /** 4431 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 4432 * 4433 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4434 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 4435 * for each interface type that supports the band data 4436 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 4437 * capabilities IE 4438 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 4439 * capabilities IE 4440 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 4441 * capabilities IE 4442 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 4443 * defined in HE capabilities IE 4444 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 4445 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 4446 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 4447 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 4448 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 4449 * capabilities element 4450 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 4451 * capabilities element 4452 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 4453 * capabilities element 4454 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 4455 * defined in EHT capabilities element 4456 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC: UHR MAC capabilities as in UHR 4457 * capabilities element 4458 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY: UHR PHY capabilities as in UHR 4459 * capabilities element 4460 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4461 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4462 */ 4463 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 4464 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 4465 4466 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 4467 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 4468 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 4469 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 4470 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 4471 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 4472 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 4473 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 4474 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 4475 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 4476 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 4477 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC, 4478 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY, 4479 4480 /* keep last */ 4481 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4482 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4483 }; 4484 4485 /** 4486 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 4487 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4488 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 4489 * an array of nested frequency attributes 4490 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 4491 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 4492 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4493 * defined in 802.11n 4494 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4495 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 4496 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 4497 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4498 * defined in 802.11ac 4499 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4500 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 4501 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 4502 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 4503 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 4504 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 4505 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 4506 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 4507 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 4508 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS 4509 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes 4510 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the 4511 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes 4512 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4513 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4514 */ 4515 enum nl80211_band_attr { 4516 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 4517 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 4518 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 4519 4520 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4521 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4522 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4523 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4524 4525 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4526 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4527 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 4528 4529 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 4530 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 4531 4532 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET, 4533 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA, 4534 4535 /* keep last */ 4536 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4537 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4538 }; 4539 4540 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 4541 4542 /** 4543 * enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr - NAN PHY capabilities attributes 4544 * @__NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4545 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing HT MCS set 4546 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities (u16) 4547 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: HT A-MPDU factor (u8) 4548 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: HT A-MPDU density (u8) 4549 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 8-byte attribute containing VHT MCS set 4550 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities (u32) 4551 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MAC: HE MAC capabilities 4552 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PHY: HE PHY capabilities 4553 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS combinations 4554 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PPE: HE PPE thresholds 4555 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN PHY cap attribute number 4556 * @__NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4557 */ 4558 enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr { 4559 __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_INVALID, 4560 4561 /* HT capabilities */ 4562 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4563 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4564 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4565 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4566 4567 /* VHT capabilities */ 4568 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4569 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4570 4571 /* HE capabilities */ 4572 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MAC, 4573 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PHY, 4574 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MCS_SET, 4575 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PPE, 4576 4577 /* keep last */ 4578 __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4579 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4580 }; 4581 4582 /** 4583 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 4584 * 4585 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4586 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 4587 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 4588 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 4589 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 4590 * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 4591 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 4592 */ 4593 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 4594 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 4595 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 4596 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 4597 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 4598 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 4599 4600 /* keep last */ 4601 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 4602 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 4603 }; 4604 4605 /** 4606 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 4607 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4608 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 4609 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 4610 * regulatory domain. 4611 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 4612 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 4613 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 4614 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR 4615 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 4616 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4617 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 4618 * (100 * dBm). 4619 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 4620 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 4621 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long 4622 * this channel is in this DFS state. 4623 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 4624 * channel as the control channel 4625 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 4626 * channel as the control channel 4627 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 4628 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 4629 * this includes 80+80 channels 4630 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 4631 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 4632 * isn't possible 4633 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4634 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4635 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4636 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4637 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4638 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4639 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4640 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4641 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4642 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4643 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4644 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4645 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4646 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4647 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4648 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4649 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4650 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4651 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4652 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4653 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4654 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4655 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4656 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4657 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4658 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4659 * in current regulatory domain. 4660 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4661 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4662 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4663 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4664 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4665 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4666 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4667 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4668 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4669 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4670 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4671 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4672 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4673 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4674 * in current regulatory domain. 4675 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that 4676 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4677 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is 4678 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control 4679 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 4680 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4681 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP 4682 * not allowed using this channel 4683 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP 4684 * not allowed using this channel 4685 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor 4686 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is 4687 * otherwise completely disabled. 4688 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a 4689 * very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR. 4690 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: This channel can be active in 4691 * 20 MHz bandwidth, despite being NO_IR. 4692 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4693 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4694 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4695 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4696 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4697 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4698 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Channel is not permitted for use 4699 * as a primary channel. Does not prevent the channel from existing 4700 * as a non-primary subchannel. Only applicable to S1G channels. 4701 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR: UHR operation is not allowed on this channel 4702 * in current regulatory domain. 4703 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAC_START_TIME: Channel Availability Check (CAC) 4704 * start time (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds). Only present when CAC is 4705 * currently in progress on this channel. 4706 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4707 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4708 * currently defined 4709 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4710 * 4711 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4712 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4713 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4714 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4715 */ 4716 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4717 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4718 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4719 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4720 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4721 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4722 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4723 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4724 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4725 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4726 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4727 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4728 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4729 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4730 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4731 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4732 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4733 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4734 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4735 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4736 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4737 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4738 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4739 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4740 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4741 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4742 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4743 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4744 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4745 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD, 4746 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT, 4747 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT, 4748 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT, 4749 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR, 4750 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP, 4751 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY, 4752 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ, 4753 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ, 4754 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ, 4755 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY, 4756 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR, 4757 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAC_START_TIME, 4758 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PAD, 4759 4760 /* keep last */ 4761 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4762 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4763 }; 4764 4765 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4766 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4767 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4768 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4769 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4770 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4771 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \ 4772 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 4773 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \ 4774 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 4775 4776 /** 4777 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4778 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4779 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4780 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4781 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4782 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4783 * currently defined 4784 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4785 */ 4786 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4787 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4788 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4789 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4790 4791 /* keep last */ 4792 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4793 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4794 }; 4795 4796 /** 4797 * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4798 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4799 * regulatory domain. 4800 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4801 * regulatory domain. 4802 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4803 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4804 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4805 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4806 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4807 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4808 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4809 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4810 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4811 */ 4812 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4813 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4814 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4815 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4816 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4817 }; 4818 4819 /** 4820 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4821 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4822 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4823 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4824 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4825 * domain. 4826 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4827 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4828 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4829 * them to be applied. 4830 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4831 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4832 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4833 * domain request to be processed. 4834 */ 4835 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4836 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4837 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4838 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4839 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4840 }; 4841 4842 /** 4843 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4844 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4845 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4846 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4847 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4848 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4849 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4850 * band edge. 4851 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4852 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4853 * band edge. 4854 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4855 * frequency range, in KHz. 4856 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4857 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4858 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4859 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4860 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4861 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4862 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4863 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm). 4864 * This could be negative. 4865 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4866 * currently defined 4867 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4868 */ 4869 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4870 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4871 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4872 4873 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4874 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4875 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4876 4877 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4878 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4879 4880 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4881 4882 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD, 4883 4884 /* keep last */ 4885 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4886 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4887 }; 4888 4889 /** 4890 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4891 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4892 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4893 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4894 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4895 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4896 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4897 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4898 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4899 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4900 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4901 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4902 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4903 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4904 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4905 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4906 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4907 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4908 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4909 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4910 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4911 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4912 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete 4913 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4914 * attribute number currently defined 4915 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4916 */ 4917 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4918 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4919 4920 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4921 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4922 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4923 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4924 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4925 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */ 4926 4927 /* keep last */ 4928 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4929 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4930 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4931 }; 4932 4933 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4934 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4935 4936 /** 4937 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4938 * 4939 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4940 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4941 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4942 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4943 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4944 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4945 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4946 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4947 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4948 * beaconing. 4949 * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR 4950 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4951 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4952 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4953 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4954 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4955 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4956 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4957 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4958 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4959 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 4960 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed 4961 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value 4962 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for 4963 * peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master 4964 * which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3). 4965 * Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4966 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed 4967 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed 4968 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted 4969 * despite NO_IR configuration. 4970 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity in 20 MHz bandwidth, 4971 * despite NO_IR configuration. 4972 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR: UHR operation not allowed 4973 */ 4974 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4975 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1 << 0, 4976 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1 << 1, 4977 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1 << 2, 4978 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1 << 3, 4979 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1 << 4, 4980 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1 << 5, 4981 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1 << 6, 4982 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1 << 7, 4983 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1 << 8, 4984 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1 << 11, 4985 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1 << 12, 4986 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1 << 13, 4987 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1 << 14, 4988 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1 << 15, 4989 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1 << 16, 4990 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1 << 17, 4991 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1 << 18, 4992 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1 << 19, 4993 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1 << 20, 4994 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1 << 21, 4995 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1 << 22, 4996 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1 << 23, 4997 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = 1 << 24, 4998 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = 1 << 25, 4999 NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR = 1 << 26, 5000 }; 5001 5002 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 5003 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 5004 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 5005 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 5006 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 5007 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 5008 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 5009 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 5010 5011 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 5012 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 5013 5014 /** 5015 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 5016 * 5017 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 5018 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 5019 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 5020 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 5021 */ 5022 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 5023 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 5024 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 5025 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 5026 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 5027 }; 5028 5029 /** 5030 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 5031 * 5032 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 5033 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 5034 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 5035 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 5036 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 5037 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 5038 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 5039 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 5040 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 5041 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 5042 * supported feature. 5043 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 5044 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 5045 */ 5046 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 5047 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 5048 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 5049 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 5050 }; 5051 5052 /** 5053 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 5054 * 5055 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 5056 * when getting information about a survey. 5057 * 5058 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5059 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 5060 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 5061 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 5062 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 5063 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 5064 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 5065 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 5066 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 5067 * channel was sensed busy 5068 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 5069 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 5070 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 5071 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 5072 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 5073 * (on this channel or globally) 5074 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5075 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 5076 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 5077 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 5078 * currently defined 5079 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 5080 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5081 */ 5082 enum nl80211_survey_info { 5083 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 5084 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 5085 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 5086 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 5087 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 5088 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 5089 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 5090 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 5091 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 5092 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 5093 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 5094 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 5095 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5096 5097 /* keep last */ 5098 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 5099 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 5100 }; 5101 5102 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 5103 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 5104 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 5105 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 5106 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 5107 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 5108 5109 /** 5110 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 5111 * 5112 * Monitor configuration flags. 5113 * 5114 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 5115 * 5116 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 5117 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 5118 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 5119 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 5120 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated 5121 * will unconditionally be refused 5122 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 5123 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 5124 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets 5125 * 5126 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5127 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 5128 */ 5129 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 5130 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 5131 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 5132 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 5133 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 5134 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 5135 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 5136 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 5137 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX, 5138 5139 /* keep last */ 5140 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 5141 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 5142 }; 5143 5144 /** 5145 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 5146 * 5147 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 5148 * not known or has not been set yet. 5149 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 5150 * in Awake state all the time. 5151 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 5152 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 5153 * neighbor's beacons. 5154 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 5155 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 5156 * for neighbor's beacons. 5157 * 5158 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5159 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level 5160 */ 5161 5162 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 5163 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 5164 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 5165 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 5166 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 5167 5168 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 5169 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 5170 }; 5171 5172 /** 5173 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 5174 * 5175 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 5176 * active. 5177 * 5178 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 5179 * 5180 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 5181 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 5182 * 5183 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 5184 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 5185 * 5186 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 5187 * millisecond units 5188 * 5189 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 5190 * on this mesh interface 5191 * 5192 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 5193 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 5194 * mesh 5195 * 5196 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 5197 * point. 5198 * 5199 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 5200 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 5201 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 5202 * set. 5203 * 5204 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 5205 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 5206 * target) 5207 * 5208 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 5209 * (in milliseconds) 5210 * 5211 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 5212 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 5213 * 5214 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 5215 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 5216 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 5217 * 5218 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 5219 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 5220 * reference element 5221 * 5222 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 5223 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 5224 * mesh 5225 * 5226 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 5227 * 5228 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 5229 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 5230 * 5231 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 5232 * root announcements are transmitted. 5233 * 5234 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 5235 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 5236 * Announcement frames. 5237 * 5238 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 5239 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 5240 * PERR element. 5241 * 5242 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 5243 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 5244 * 5245 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 5246 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 5247 * a peer link. 5248 * 5249 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 5250 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 5251 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 5252 * 5253 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 5254 * 5255 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 5256 * 5257 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 5258 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 5259 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 5260 * 5261 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 5262 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 5263 * 5264 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 5265 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 5266 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 5267 * 5268 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 5269 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 5270 * 5271 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 5272 * 5273 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 5274 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 5275 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 5276 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 5277 * 5278 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 5279 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 5280 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 5281 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 5282 * 5283 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 5284 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 5285 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 5286 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 5287 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 5288 * 5289 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 5290 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 5291 * in the mesh formation field. 5292 * 5293 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5294 */ 5295 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 5296 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 5297 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 5298 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 5299 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 5300 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 5301 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 5302 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 5303 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 5304 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 5305 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 5306 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 5307 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 5308 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 5309 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 5310 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 5311 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 5312 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 5313 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 5314 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 5315 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 5316 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 5317 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 5318 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 5319 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 5320 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 5321 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 5322 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 5323 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 5324 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 5325 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 5326 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 5327 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 5328 5329 /* keep last */ 5330 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5331 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5332 }; 5333 5334 /** 5335 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 5336 * 5337 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 5338 * changed while the mesh is active. 5339 * 5340 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 5341 * 5342 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 5343 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 5344 * default HWMP. 5345 * 5346 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 5347 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 5348 * metric. 5349 * 5350 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 5351 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 5352 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 5353 * metrics in use. 5354 * 5355 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 5356 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 5357 * 5358 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 5359 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 5360 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 5361 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 5362 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 5363 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 5364 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 5365 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 5366 * userspace daemon. 5367 * 5368 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 5369 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 5370 * neighbor offset synchronization 5371 * 5372 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 5373 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 5374 * 5375 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 5376 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 5377 * Default is no authentication method required. 5378 * 5379 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 5380 * 5381 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 5382 */ 5383 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 5384 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 5385 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 5386 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 5387 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 5388 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 5389 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 5390 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 5391 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 5392 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 5393 5394 /* keep last */ 5395 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5396 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5397 }; 5398 5399 /** 5400 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 5401 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 5402 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 5403 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 5404 * disabled 5405 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 5406 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5407 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 5408 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5409 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 5410 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 5411 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 5412 */ 5413 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 5414 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 5415 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 5416 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 5417 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 5418 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 5419 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 5420 5421 /* keep last */ 5422 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5423 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5424 }; 5425 5426 enum nl80211_ac { 5427 NL80211_AC_VO, 5428 NL80211_AC_VI, 5429 NL80211_AC_BE, 5430 NL80211_AC_BK, 5431 NL80211_NUM_ACS 5432 }; 5433 5434 /* backward compat */ 5435 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 5436 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 5437 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 5438 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 5439 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 5440 5441 /** 5442 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 5443 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5444 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 5445 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5446 * below the control channel 5447 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5448 * above the control channel 5449 */ 5450 enum nl80211_channel_type { 5451 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 5452 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 5453 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 5454 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 5455 }; 5456 5457 /** 5458 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 5459 * 5460 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 5461 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 5462 * 5463 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 5464 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 5465 * 5466 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 5467 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 5468 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 5469 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 5470 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 5471 */ 5472 enum nl80211_key_mode { 5473 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 5474 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 5475 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 5476 }; 5477 5478 /** 5479 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 5480 * 5481 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 5482 * attribute. 5483 * 5484 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5485 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 5486 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5487 * attribute must be provided as well 5488 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5489 * attribute must be provided as well 5490 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5491 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 5492 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5493 * attribute must be provided as well 5494 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 5495 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 5496 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 5497 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 5498 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 5499 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 5500 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 5501 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5502 * attribute must be provided as well 5503 */ 5504 enum nl80211_chan_width { 5505 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 5506 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5507 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 5508 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 5509 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 5510 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 5511 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5512 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5513 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5514 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5515 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 5516 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 5517 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 5518 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 5519 }; 5520 5521 /** 5522 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 5523 * 5524 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 5525 * 5526 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 5527 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 5528 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 5529 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 5530 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 5531 */ 5532 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 5533 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5534 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5535 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5536 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5537 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5538 }; 5539 5540 /** 5541 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use 5542 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection", 5543 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type. 5544 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an 5545 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including 5546 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must 5547 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set. 5548 */ 5549 enum nl80211_bss_use_for { 5550 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0, 5551 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1, 5552 }; 5553 5554 /** 5555 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a 5556 * BSS isn't possible 5557 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't 5558 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one. 5559 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting 5560 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses. 5561 */ 5562 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons { 5563 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0, 5564 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1, 5565 }; 5566 5567 #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \ 5568 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH 5569 5570 /** 5571 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 5572 * 5573 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 5574 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 5575 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 5576 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 5577 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 5578 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 5579 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 5580 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 5581 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 5582 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 5583 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 5584 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 5585 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 5586 * they are from a Beacon frame. 5587 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 5588 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 5589 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 5590 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 5591 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 5592 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 5593 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 5594 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 5595 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 5596 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 5597 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 5598 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 5599 * yet been received 5600 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 5601 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used! 5602 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 5603 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 5604 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 5605 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 5606 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 5607 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 5608 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 5609 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5610 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 5611 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 5612 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 5613 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 5614 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 5615 * is set. 5616 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 5617 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 5618 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 5619 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 5620 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). 5621 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. 5622 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be 5623 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for. 5624 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot 5625 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it, 5626 * even though its presence was detected. 5627 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from 5628 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing 5629 * if no reasons are specified. 5630 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 5631 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 5632 */ 5633 enum nl80211_bss { 5634 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 5635 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 5636 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 5637 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 5638 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 5639 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 5640 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 5641 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 5642 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 5643 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 5644 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 5645 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 5646 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 5647 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 5648 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 5649 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 5650 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 5651 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5652 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 5653 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 5654 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5655 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, 5656 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, 5657 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR, 5658 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS, 5659 5660 /* keep last */ 5661 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 5662 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5663 }; 5664 5665 /** 5666 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 5667 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 5668 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 5669 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 5670 * a given BSS. 5671 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 5672 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 5673 * 5674 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 5675 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 5676 */ 5677 enum nl80211_bss_status { 5678 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 5679 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 5680 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 5681 }; 5682 5683 /** 5684 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 5685 * 5686 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 5687 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 5688 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 5689 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 5690 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 5691 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 5692 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 5693 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 5694 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE: Enhanced Privacy Protection Key Exchange 5695 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_IEEE8021X: IEEE 802.1X authentication utilizing 5696 * Authentication frames 5697 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 5698 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 5699 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 5700 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 5701 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 5702 */ 5703 enum nl80211_auth_type { 5704 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 5705 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 5706 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 5707 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 5708 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 5709 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 5710 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 5711 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 5712 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE, 5713 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_IEEE8021X, 5714 5715 /* keep last */ 5716 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 5717 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 5718 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 5719 }; 5720 5721 /** 5722 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 5723 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 5724 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 5725 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 5726 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 5727 */ 5728 enum nl80211_key_type { 5729 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 5730 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 5731 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 5732 5733 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 5734 }; 5735 5736 /** 5737 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 5738 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 5739 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 5740 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 5741 */ 5742 enum nl80211_mfp { 5743 NL80211_MFP_NO, 5744 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 5745 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5746 }; 5747 5748 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 5749 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 5750 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 5751 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 5752 }; 5753 5754 /** 5755 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5756 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5757 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5758 * unicast key 5759 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5760 * multicast key 5761 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5762 */ 5763 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5764 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5765 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5766 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5767 5768 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5769 }; 5770 5771 /** 5772 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5773 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5774 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5775 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5776 * keys 5777 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5778 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5779 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5780 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5781 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5782 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5783 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5784 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5785 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5786 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5787 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5788 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5789 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5790 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5791 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5792 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5793 * 5794 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5795 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5796 */ 5797 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5798 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5799 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5800 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5801 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5802 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5803 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5804 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5805 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5806 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5807 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5808 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5809 5810 /* keep last */ 5811 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5812 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5813 }; 5814 5815 /** 5816 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5817 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5818 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5819 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5820 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5821 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5822 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5823 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5824 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5825 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5826 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5827 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5828 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5829 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5830 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5831 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT: EHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5832 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_eht 5833 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI: configure EHT GI, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 5834 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF: configure EHT LTF, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ltf) 5835 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5836 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5837 */ 5838 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5839 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5840 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5841 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5842 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5843 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5844 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5845 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5846 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5847 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT, 5848 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI, 5849 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF, 5850 5851 /* keep last */ 5852 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5853 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5854 }; 5855 5856 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 5857 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 5858 5859 /** 5860 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5861 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5862 */ 5863 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 5864 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 5865 }; 5866 5867 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 5868 /** 5869 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5870 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5871 */ 5872 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 5873 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 5874 }; 5875 5876 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 5877 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 5878 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 5879 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 5880 }; 5881 5882 #define NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX 16 5883 /** 5884 * struct nl80211_txrate_eht - EHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5885 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5886 */ 5887 struct nl80211_txrate_eht { 5888 __u16 mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX]; 5889 }; 5890 5891 /** 5892 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 5893 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5894 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5895 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5896 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5897 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5898 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5899 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5900 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5901 */ 5902 enum nl80211_band { 5903 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5904 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5905 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5906 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5907 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5908 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5909 5910 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5911 }; 5912 5913 /** 5914 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5915 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5916 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5917 */ 5918 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5919 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5920 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5921 }; 5922 5923 /** 5924 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5925 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5926 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5927 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5928 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5929 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5930 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5931 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5932 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5933 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5934 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5935 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5936 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5937 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5938 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5939 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5940 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5941 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5942 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5943 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5944 * checked. 5945 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5946 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5947 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5948 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5949 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5950 * loss event 5951 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5952 * RSSI threshold event. 5953 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5954 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5955 */ 5956 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5957 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5958 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5959 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5960 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5961 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5962 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5963 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5964 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5965 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5966 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5967 5968 /* keep last */ 5969 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5970 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5971 }; 5972 5973 /** 5974 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5975 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5976 * configured threshold 5977 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5978 * configured threshold 5979 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5980 */ 5981 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5982 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5983 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5984 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5985 }; 5986 5987 5988 /** 5989 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5990 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5991 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5992 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5993 */ 5994 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5995 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5996 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5997 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5998 }; 5999 6000 /** 6001 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 6002 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 6003 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 6004 */ 6005 enum nl80211_tid_config { 6006 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 6007 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 6008 }; 6009 6010 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 6011 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 6012 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 6013 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 6014 */ 6015 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 6016 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 6017 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 6018 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 6019 }; 6020 6021 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 6022 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 6023 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 6024 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 6025 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 6026 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 6027 * per peer instead. 6028 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates 6029 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 6030 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 6031 * should be left untouched. 6032 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 6033 * Its type is u16. 6034 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 6035 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 6036 * Its type is u8. 6037 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 6038 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 6039 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 6040 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 6041 * output in wiphy capabilities. 6042 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 6043 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 6044 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 6045 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 6046 * output in wiphy capabilities. 6047 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 6048 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 6049 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 6050 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 6051 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 6052 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 6053 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 6054 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 6055 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 6056 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 6057 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 6058 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 6059 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 6060 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 6061 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 6062 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 6063 * station. 6064 */ 6065 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 6066 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 6067 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 6068 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 6069 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 6070 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 6071 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 6072 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 6073 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 6074 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 6075 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 6076 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 6077 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 6078 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 6079 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6080 6081 /* keep last */ 6082 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6083 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6084 }; 6085 6086 /** 6087 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 6088 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6089 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 6090 * a zero bit are ignored 6091 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 6092 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 6093 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 6094 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 6095 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 6096 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 6097 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 6098 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 6099 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 6100 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 6101 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 6102 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 6103 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 6104 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 6105 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 6106 */ 6107 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 6108 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 6109 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 6110 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 6111 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 6112 6113 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 6114 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 6115 }; 6116 6117 /** 6118 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 6119 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 6120 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 6121 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 6122 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 6123 * 6124 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 6125 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 6126 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 6127 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 6128 * by the kernel to userspace. 6129 */ 6130 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 6131 __u32 max_patterns; 6132 __u32 min_pattern_len; 6133 __u32 max_pattern_len; 6134 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 6135 } __attribute__((packed)); 6136 6137 /* only for backward compatibility */ 6138 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 6139 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 6140 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 6141 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 6142 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 6143 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 6144 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 6145 6146 /** 6147 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 6148 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6149 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 6150 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 6151 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 6152 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 6153 * any others are even supported by the device. 6154 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 6155 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 6156 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 6157 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 6158 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 6159 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 6160 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 6161 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 6162 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 6163 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 6164 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 6165 * 6166 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 6167 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 6168 * 6169 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 6170 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 6171 * to the kernel when configuring. 6172 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 6173 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 6174 * by the device (flag) 6175 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 6176 * done by the device) (flag) 6177 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 6178 * packet (flag) 6179 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 6180 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 6181 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 6182 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 6183 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 6184 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 6185 * attribute contains the original length. 6186 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 6187 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 6188 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 6189 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 6190 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 6191 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 6192 * contains the original length. 6193 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 6194 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 6195 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 6196 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 6197 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 6198 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 6199 * the TCP connection. 6200 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 6201 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 6202 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 6203 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 6204 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 6205 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 6206 * service 6207 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 6208 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 6209 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 6210 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 6211 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 6212 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 6213 * attribute is also sent in a response to 6214 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 6215 * supported by the driver (u32). 6216 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 6217 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 6218 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 6219 * that the information is not available. If more than one 6220 * element is present, it means that more than one match 6221 * occurred. 6222 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 6223 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 6224 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 6225 * these attributes must be present. If 6226 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 6227 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 6228 * channel. 6229 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only. 6230 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP. 6231 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 6232 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 6233 * 6234 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 6235 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 6236 */ 6237 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 6238 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 6239 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 6240 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 6241 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 6242 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 6243 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 6244 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 6245 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 6246 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 6247 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 6248 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 6249 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 6250 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 6251 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 6252 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 6253 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 6254 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 6255 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 6256 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 6257 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 6258 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC, 6259 6260 /* keep last */ 6261 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 6262 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 6263 }; 6264 6265 /** 6266 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 6267 * 6268 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 6269 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 6270 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 6271 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 6272 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 6273 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 6274 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 6275 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 6276 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 6277 * 6278 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 6279 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 6280 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 6281 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 6282 * also woken up. 6283 * 6284 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 6285 * response packets might not go through correctly. 6286 */ 6287 6288 /** 6289 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 6290 * @start: starting value 6291 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 6292 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 6293 * 6294 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 6295 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 6296 * in little endian. 6297 */ 6298 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 6299 __u32 start, offset, len; 6300 }; 6301 6302 /** 6303 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 6304 * @offset: offset of token in packet 6305 * @len: length of each token 6306 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 6307 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 6308 */ 6309 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 6310 __u32 offset, len; 6311 __u8 token_stream[]; 6312 }; 6313 6314 /** 6315 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 6316 * @min_len: minimum token length 6317 * @max_len: maximum token length 6318 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 6319 */ 6320 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 6321 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 6322 }; 6323 6324 /** 6325 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 6326 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6327 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 6328 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 6329 * (in network byte order) 6330 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 6331 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 6332 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 6333 * might require ARP querying. 6334 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 6335 * socket and port will be allocated 6336 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 6337 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 6338 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 6339 * of the data payload. 6340 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 6341 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 6342 * advertising it is just a flag 6343 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 6344 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 6345 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 6346 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 6347 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 6348 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 6349 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 6350 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 6351 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 6352 * but on the TCP payload only. 6353 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 6354 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 6355 */ 6356 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 6357 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 6358 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 6359 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 6360 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 6361 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 6362 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 6363 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 6364 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 6365 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 6366 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 6367 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 6368 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 6369 6370 /* keep last */ 6371 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 6372 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 6373 }; 6374 6375 /** 6376 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 6377 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 6378 * @pat: packet pattern support information 6379 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 6380 * 6381 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 6382 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 6383 */ 6384 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 6385 __u32 max_rules; 6386 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 6387 __u32 max_delay; 6388 } __attribute__((packed)); 6389 6390 /** 6391 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 6392 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6393 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 6394 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 6395 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 6396 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 6397 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 6398 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 6399 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 6400 */ 6401 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 6402 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 6403 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 6404 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 6405 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 6406 6407 /* keep last */ 6408 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 6409 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 6410 }; 6411 6412 /** 6413 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 6414 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6415 * in a rule are matched. 6416 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6417 * in a rule are not matched. 6418 */ 6419 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 6420 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 6421 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 6422 }; 6423 6424 /** 6425 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 6426 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6427 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 6428 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 6429 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 6430 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 6431 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 6432 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 6433 */ 6434 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 6435 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 6436 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 6437 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 6438 6439 /* keep last */ 6440 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 6441 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 6442 }; 6443 6444 /** 6445 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 6446 * 6447 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6448 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 6449 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 6450 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 6451 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 6452 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 6453 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 6454 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 6455 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 6456 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 6457 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 6458 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 6459 * different channels may be used within this group. 6460 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6461 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 6462 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6463 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 6464 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 6465 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 6466 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 6467 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 6468 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 6469 * 6470 * Examples: 6471 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 6472 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 6473 * 6474 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 6475 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 6476 * 6477 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 6478 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 6479 * 6480 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 6481 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 6482 * 6483 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 6484 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 6485 * that any of these groups must match. 6486 * 6487 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 6488 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 6489 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 6490 * interface type, the following group always exists: 6491 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 6492 */ 6493 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 6494 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 6495 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 6496 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 6497 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 6498 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 6499 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 6500 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 6501 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 6502 6503 /* keep last */ 6504 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 6505 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 6506 }; 6507 6508 6509 /** 6510 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 6511 * 6512 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 6513 * state of non-existent mesh peer links 6514 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 6515 * this mesh peer 6516 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 6517 * from this mesh peer 6518 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 6519 * received from this mesh peer 6520 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 6521 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 6522 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 6523 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 6524 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 6525 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 6526 */ 6527 enum nl80211_plink_state { 6528 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 6529 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 6530 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 6531 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 6532 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 6533 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 6534 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 6535 6536 /* keep last */ 6537 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 6538 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 6539 }; 6540 6541 /** 6542 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 6543 * 6544 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 6545 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 6546 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 6547 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 6548 */ 6549 enum nl80211_plink_action { 6550 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 6551 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 6552 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 6553 6554 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 6555 }; 6556 6557 6558 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 6559 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 6560 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 6561 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 6562 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32 6563 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 6564 6565 /** 6566 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 6567 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6568 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 6569 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 6570 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 6571 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 6572 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 6573 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 6574 */ 6575 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 6576 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 6577 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 6578 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 6579 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 6580 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 6581 6582 /* keep last */ 6583 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 6584 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 6585 }; 6586 6587 /** 6588 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 6589 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 6590 * Beacon frames) 6591 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 6592 * in Beacon frames 6593 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 6594 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 6595 */ 6596 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 6597 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 6598 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 6599 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 6600 }; 6601 6602 /** 6603 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 6604 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6605 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 6606 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 6607 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 6608 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 6609 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 6610 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 6611 */ 6612 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 6613 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 6614 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 6615 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 6616 6617 /* keep last */ 6618 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 6619 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 6620 }; 6621 6622 /** 6623 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 6624 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6625 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 6626 * priority) 6627 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 6628 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 6629 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 6630 * (internal) 6631 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 6632 * (internal) 6633 */ 6634 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 6635 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 6636 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 6637 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 6638 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 6639 6640 /* keep last */ 6641 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 6642 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 6643 }; 6644 6645 /** 6646 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 6647 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 6648 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 6649 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 6650 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 6651 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 6652 */ 6653 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 6654 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 6655 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 6656 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 6657 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 6658 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 6659 }; 6660 6661 /** 6662 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 6663 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 6664 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 6665 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 6666 */ 6667 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 6668 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 6669 }; 6670 6671 /** 6672 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 6673 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 6674 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 6675 * socket option. 6676 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 6677 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 6678 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 6679 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 6680 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 6681 * cellular base stations. 6682 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 6683 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 6684 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 6685 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 6686 * mode 6687 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 6688 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 6689 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 6690 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 6691 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 6692 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 6693 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 6694 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 6695 * setting 6696 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 6697 * powersave 6698 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 6699 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 6700 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 6701 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 6702 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 6703 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 6704 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 6705 * states using station flags. 6706 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 6707 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 6708 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 6709 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 6710 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 6711 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 6712 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 6713 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 6714 * still generated by the driver. 6715 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 6716 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 6717 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 6718 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 6719 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 6720 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 6721 * lifetime of a BSS. 6722 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 6723 * Set IE to probe requests. 6724 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 6725 * to probe requests. 6726 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 6727 * requests sent to it by an AP. 6728 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 6729 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 6730 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 6731 * Measurement Report action frame. 6732 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 6733 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 6734 * to enable dynack. 6735 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 6736 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6737 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 6738 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 6739 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6740 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 6741 * rts/cts handshake. 6742 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 6743 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 6744 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 6745 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 6746 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 6747 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 6748 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 6749 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 6750 * operating as a TDLS peer. 6751 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6752 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 6753 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 6754 * address mask/value will be used. 6755 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 6756 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 6757 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6758 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6759 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6760 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 6761 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6762 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6763 */ 6764 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 6765 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 6766 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 6767 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 6768 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 6769 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 6770 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 6771 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 6772 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 6773 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 6774 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6775 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6776 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6777 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6778 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6779 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6780 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6781 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6782 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6783 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6784 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6785 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6786 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6787 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6788 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6789 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6790 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6791 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6792 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6793 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6794 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6795 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6796 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6797 }; 6798 6799 /** 6800 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6801 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6802 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6803 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6804 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6805 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6806 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised. 6807 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6808 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6809 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6810 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6811 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6812 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6813 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6814 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6815 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6816 * (if available). 6817 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6818 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the 6819 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is 6820 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF 6821 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if 6822 * specified). 6823 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6824 * channel dwell time. 6825 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6826 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate. 6827 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6828 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6829 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6830 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6831 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6832 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6833 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6834 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6835 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6836 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6837 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6838 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6839 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6840 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6841 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6842 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6843 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6844 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6845 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6846 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6847 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6848 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6849 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6850 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6851 * be supported. 6852 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6853 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6854 * actual dwell time. 6855 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 6856 * response 6857 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 6858 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 6859 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 6860 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 6861 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 6862 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 6863 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 6864 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 6865 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 6866 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 6867 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 6868 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 6869 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 6870 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 6871 * "radar detected" event. 6872 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 6873 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 6874 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 6875 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 6876 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID 6877 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 6878 * TXQs. 6879 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 6880 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 6881 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 6882 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 6883 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 6884 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 6885 * timing measurement responder role. 6886 * 6887 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 6888 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 6889 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 6890 * freeze the connection. 6891 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 6892 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 6893 * 6894 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 6895 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 6896 * scheduling. 6897 * 6898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 6899 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 6900 * 6901 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete 6902 * 6903 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6904 * to a station. 6905 * 6906 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6907 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6908 * 6909 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6910 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6911 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6912 * 6913 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6914 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6915 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6916 * 6917 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6918 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6919 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6920 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6921 * 6922 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6923 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6924 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6925 * 6926 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6927 * 6928 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6929 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6930 * 6931 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6932 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6933 * 6934 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6935 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6936 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6937 * included in the scan request. 6938 * 6939 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6940 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6941 * 6942 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6943 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6944 * 6945 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6946 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6947 * command). 6948 * 6949 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6950 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6951 * 6952 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6953 * frames transmission 6954 * 6955 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6956 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6957 * 6958 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6959 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6960 * 6961 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6962 * exchange protocol. 6963 * 6964 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6965 * exchange protocol. 6966 * 6967 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6968 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6969 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6970 * 6971 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6972 * detection and change announcemnts. 6973 * 6974 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6975 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6976 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6977 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6978 * 6979 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 6980 * detection. 6981 * 6982 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address 6983 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down 6984 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the 6985 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy 6986 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions 6987 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations 6988 * in progress, and no active connections. 6989 * 6990 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode. 6991 * 6992 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables 6993 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity. 6994 * 6995 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA 6996 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer 6997 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 6998 * 6999 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 7000 * handling in station mode. 7001 * 7002 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 7003 * handling in AP mode. 7004 * 7005 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or 7006 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent 7007 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01 7008 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to 7009 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection. 7010 * 7011 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP 7012 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised 7013 * in the RSNXE. 7014 * 7015 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT: Driver supports beacon rate 7016 * configuration (AP/mesh) with EHT rates. 7017 * 7018 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE: Driver supports Enhanced Privacy Protection 7019 * Key Exchange (EPPKE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) 7020 * in non-AP STA mode. 7021 * 7022 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION: This specifies that the 7023 * driver supports encryption of (Re)Association Request and Response 7024 * frames in both non‑AP STA and AP mode as specified in 7025 * "IEEE P802.11bi/D3.0, 12.16.6". 7026 * 7027 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_IEEE8021X_AUTH: Driver supports IEEE 802.1X 7028 * authentication utilizing Authentication frames with user space SME 7029 * (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in non-AP STA mode, as specified in 7030 * "IEEE P802.11bi/D4.0, 12.16.5". 7031 * 7032 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 7033 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 7034 */ 7035 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 7036 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 7037 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 7038 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 7039 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 7040 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 7041 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 7042 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 7043 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 7044 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 7045 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 7046 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 7047 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 7048 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 7049 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 7050 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 7051 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 7052 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 7053 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 7054 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 7055 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 7056 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 7057 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 7058 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 7059 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 7060 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 7061 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 7062 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 7063 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 7064 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 7065 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 7066 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 7067 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 7068 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 7069 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 7070 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 7071 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 7072 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 7073 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */ 7074 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 7075 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 7076 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 7077 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 7078 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 7079 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 7080 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 7081 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 7082 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 7083 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 7084 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 7085 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 7086 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 7087 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 7088 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 7089 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 7090 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 7091 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 7092 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 7093 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 7094 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 7095 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 7096 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 7097 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 7098 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 7099 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, 7100 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT, 7101 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN, 7102 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA, 7103 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD, 7104 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP, 7105 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT, 7106 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT, 7107 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT, 7108 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE, 7109 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION, 7110 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_IEEE8021X_AUTH, 7111 7112 /* add new features before the definition below */ 7113 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 7114 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 7115 }; 7116 7117 /** 7118 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 7119 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 7120 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 7121 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 7122 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 7123 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 7124 * to the host. 7125 * 7126 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 7127 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 7128 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 7129 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 7130 */ 7131 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 7132 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 7133 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 7134 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 7135 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 7136 }; 7137 7138 /** 7139 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 7140 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 7141 * handled by the AP is reached. 7142 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 7143 */ 7144 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 7145 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 7146 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 7147 }; 7148 7149 /** 7150 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 7151 * 7152 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 7153 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 7154 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 7155 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 7156 */ 7157 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 7158 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 7159 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 7160 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 7161 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 7162 }; 7163 7164 /** 7165 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 7166 * 7167 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 7168 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 7169 * requests. 7170 * 7171 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 7172 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 7173 * one of them can be used in the request. 7174 * 7175 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 7176 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 7177 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 7178 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 7179 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 7180 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 7181 * when really needed 7182 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 7183 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 7184 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 7185 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 7186 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 7187 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 7188 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 7189 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 7190 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 7191 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 7192 * request parameters IE in the probe request 7193 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 7194 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 7195 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 7196 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 7197 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 7198 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 7199 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 7200 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 7201 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 7202 * SSID and/or RSSI. 7203 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 7204 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 7205 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 7206 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 7207 * impacted with this flag. 7208 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 7209 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 7210 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 7211 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 7212 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 7213 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 7214 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 7215 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 7216 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 7217 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 7218 * possible. 7219 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 7220 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 7221 * added by userspace explicitly.) 7222 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 7223 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 7224 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 7225 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by 7226 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the 7227 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses 7228 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz 7229 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set, 7230 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of 7231 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that 7232 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag 7233 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be 7234 * scanned if the user space has asked for it. 7235 */ 7236 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 7237 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 7238 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 7239 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 7240 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 7241 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 7242 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 7243 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 7244 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 7245 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 7246 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 7247 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 7248 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 7249 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 7250 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 7251 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 7252 }; 7253 7254 /** 7255 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 7256 * 7257 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 7258 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 7259 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 7260 * 7261 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 7262 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 7263 * in ACL to authenticate. 7264 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 7265 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 7266 */ 7267 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 7268 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 7269 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 7270 }; 7271 7272 /** 7273 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 7274 * 7275 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 7276 * 7277 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 7278 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 7279 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 7280 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 7281 * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal 7282 * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration 7283 */ 7284 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 7285 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 7286 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 7287 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 7288 7289 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 7290 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7291 }; 7292 7293 /** 7294 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 7295 * 7296 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 7297 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 7298 * 7299 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 7300 * now unusable. 7301 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 7302 * the channel is now available. 7303 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 7304 * change to the channel status. 7305 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 7306 * over, channel becomes usable. 7307 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 7308 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 7309 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 7310 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 7311 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 7312 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 7313 */ 7314 enum nl80211_radar_event { 7315 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 7316 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 7317 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 7318 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 7319 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 7320 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 7321 }; 7322 7323 /** 7324 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 7325 * 7326 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 7327 * 7328 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 7329 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 7330 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 7331 * is therefore marked as not available. 7332 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 7333 */ 7334 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 7335 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 7336 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 7337 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 7338 }; 7339 7340 /** 7341 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 7342 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 7343 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 7344 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 7345 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 7346 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 7347 */ 7348 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 7349 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 7350 }; 7351 7352 /** 7353 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 7354 * 7355 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 7356 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 7357 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 7358 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 7359 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 7360 */ 7361 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 7362 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 7363 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 7364 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 7365 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 7366 /* add other protocols before this one */ 7367 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 7368 }; 7369 7370 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 7371 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 7372 7373 /** 7374 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 7375 * 7376 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 7377 * 7378 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 7379 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 7380 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 7381 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 7382 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 7383 */ 7384 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 7385 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 7386 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 7387 }; 7388 7389 /* 7390 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 7391 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 7392 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 7393 */ 7394 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 7395 7396 /** 7397 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 7398 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 7399 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 7400 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 7401 * added to this file when needed. 7402 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 7403 */ 7404 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 7405 __u32 vendor_id; 7406 __u32 subcmd; 7407 }; 7408 7409 /** 7410 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 7411 * 7412 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 7413 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 7414 * 7415 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 7416 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 7417 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 7418 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 7419 */ 7420 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 7421 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 7422 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 7423 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 7424 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 7425 }; 7426 7427 /** 7428 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 7429 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7430 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 7431 * seconds (u32). 7432 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 7433 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 7434 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 7435 * make the scan plan meaningless. 7436 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 7437 * currently defined 7438 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7439 */ 7440 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 7441 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 7442 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 7443 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 7444 7445 /* keep last */ 7446 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 7447 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 7448 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 7449 }; 7450 7451 /** 7452 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 7453 * 7454 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 7455 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 7456 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 7457 */ 7458 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 7459 __u8 band; 7460 __s8 delta; 7461 } __attribute__((packed)); 7462 7463 /** 7464 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 7465 * 7466 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 7467 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 7468 * is requested. 7469 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 7470 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 7471 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 7472 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 7473 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 7474 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 7475 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 7476 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 7477 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 7478 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 7479 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 7480 * 7481 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 7482 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 7483 * which the driver shall use. 7484 */ 7485 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 7486 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 7487 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 7488 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 7489 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 7490 7491 /* keep last */ 7492 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 7493 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 7494 }; 7495 7496 /** 7497 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 7498 * 7499 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 7500 * 7501 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 7502 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 7503 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 7504 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7505 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use 7506 */ 7507 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 7508 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 7509 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 7510 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 7511 7512 /* keep last */ 7513 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 7514 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 7515 }; 7516 7517 /** 7518 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 7519 * 7520 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 7521 * 7522 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 7523 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 7524 */ 7525 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 7526 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 7527 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 7528 }; 7529 7530 /** 7531 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 7532 * 7533 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 7534 * 7535 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 7536 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 7537 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 7538 */ 7539 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 7540 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 7541 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 7542 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 7543 }; 7544 7545 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 7546 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 7547 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 7548 7549 /** 7550 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 7551 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 7552 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 7553 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 7554 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 7555 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 7556 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 7557 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 7558 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 7559 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 7560 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 7561 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 7562 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 7563 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 7564 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 7565 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 7566 * is follow up. This is a u8. 7567 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 7568 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 7569 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 7570 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 7571 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 7572 * This is a flag. 7573 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 7574 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 7575 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 7576 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 7577 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 7578 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 7579 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 7580 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7581 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 7582 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7583 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 7584 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 7585 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 7586 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 7587 * 7588 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 7589 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 7590 */ 7591 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 7592 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 7593 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 7594 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 7595 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 7596 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 7597 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 7598 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 7599 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 7600 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 7601 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 7602 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 7603 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 7604 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 7605 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 7606 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 7607 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 7608 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 7609 7610 /* keep last */ 7611 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 7612 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 7613 }; 7614 7615 /** 7616 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 7617 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 7618 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 7619 * This is a flag. 7620 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 7621 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 7622 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 7623 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 7624 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 7625 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 7626 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 7627 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 7628 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 7629 */ 7630 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 7631 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 7632 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 7633 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 7634 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 7635 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 7636 7637 /* keep last */ 7638 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 7639 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 7640 }; 7641 7642 /** 7643 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 7644 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 7645 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 7646 * match. This is a nested attribute. 7647 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7648 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 7649 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 7650 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7651 * 7652 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 7653 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 7654 */ 7655 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 7656 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 7657 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 7658 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 7659 7660 /* keep last */ 7661 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 7662 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 7663 }; 7664 7665 /** 7666 * enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes - NAN band configuration attributes 7667 * @__NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID: Invalid. 7668 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND: Band for which the configuration is 7669 * being set. The value is according to &enum nl80211_band (u8). 7670 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ: Discovery frequency. This attribute shall not 7671 * be present on 2.4 GHZ band. On 5 GHz band its presence is optional. 7672 * The allowed values are 5220 (channel 44) or 5745 (channel 149). 7673 * If not present, channel 149 is used if allowed, otherwise channel 44 7674 * will be selected. The value is in MHz (u16). 7675 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state 7676 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN 7677 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification 7678 * v4.0. If not specified, default device value is used. The value should 7679 * be greater than -60 dBm (s8). 7680 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state 7681 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN 7682 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification 7683 * v4.0. If not present, default device value is used. The value should be 7684 * greater than -75 dBm and less than %NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE 7685 * (s8). 7686 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW: Committed DW information (values 0-5). 7687 * Value 0 means that the device will not wake up during the 7688 * discovery window. Values 1-5 mean that the device will wake up 7689 * during each 2^(n - 1) discovery window, where n is the value of 7690 * this attribute. Setting this attribute to 0 is not allowed on 7691 * 2.4 GHz band (u8). This is an optional parameter (default is 1). 7692 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN: Optional flag attribute to disable 7693 * scanning (for cluster merge) on the band. If set, the device will not 7694 * scan on this band anymore. Disabling scanning on 2.4 GHz band is not 7695 * allowed. 7696 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR: Internal. 7697 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN band configuration attribute. 7698 * 7699 * These attributes are used to configure NAN band-specific parameters. Note, 7700 * that both RSSI attributes should be configured (or both left unset). 7701 */ 7702 enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes { 7703 __NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID, 7704 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND, 7705 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ, 7706 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE, 7707 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE, 7708 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW, 7709 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN, 7710 7711 /* keep last */ 7712 NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR, 7713 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR - 1, 7714 }; 7715 7716 /** 7717 * enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes - NAN configuration attributes 7718 * @__NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID: Invalid attribute, used for validation. 7719 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID: ID for the NAN cluster. This is a MAC 7720 * address that can take values from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to 7721 * 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. This attribute is optional. If not present, 7722 * a random Cluster ID will be chosen. 7723 * This attribute will be ignored in NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG 7724 * since after NAN was started, the cluster ID can no longer change. 7725 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS: Additional NAN attributes to be 7726 * published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array. 7727 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS: Vendor-specific elements that will 7728 * be published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array. 7729 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS: This is a nested array attribute, 7730 * containing multiple entries for each supported band. Each band 7731 * configuration consists of &enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes. 7732 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD: Scan period in seconds. If not configured, 7733 * device default is used. Zero value will disable scanning. 7734 * This is u16 (optional). 7735 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME: Scan dwell time in TUs per channel. 7736 * Only non-zero values are valid. If not configured the device default 7737 * value is used. This is u16 (optional) 7738 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL: Discovery beacon interval 7739 * in TUs. Valid range is 50-200 TUs. If not configured the device default 7740 * value is used. This is u8 (optional) 7741 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW: If set, the driver will notify userspace about 7742 * the upcoming discovery window with 7743 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION. 7744 * This is a flag attribute. 7745 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR: Internal. 7746 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN configuration attribute. 7747 * 7748 * These attributes are used to configure NAN-specific parameters. 7749 */ 7750 enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes { 7751 __NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID, 7752 NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID, 7753 NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS, 7754 NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS, 7755 NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS, 7756 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD, 7757 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME, 7758 NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL, 7759 NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW, 7760 7761 /* keep last */ 7762 NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR, 7763 NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR - 1, 7764 }; 7765 7766 /** 7767 * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 7768 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 7769 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 7770 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 7771 */ 7772 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 7773 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 7774 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 7775 }; 7776 7777 /** 7778 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 7779 * responder attributes 7780 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7781 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 7782 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 7783 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 7784 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7785 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element 7786 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 7787 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7788 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7789 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 7790 */ 7791 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 7792 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7793 7794 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 7795 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7796 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7797 7798 /* keep last */ 7799 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7800 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7801 }; 7802 7803 /* 7804 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 7805 * 7806 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 7807 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 7808 * 7809 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7810 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 7811 * were ssfully answered (u32) 7812 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 7813 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 7814 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 7815 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 7816 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 7817 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 7818 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 7819 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 7820 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 7821 * phase with the responder (u32) 7822 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 7823 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 7824 * FTM slot (u32) 7825 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 7826 * scheduled window (u32) 7827 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 7828 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 7829 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 7830 */ 7831 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 7832 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 7833 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 7834 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 7835 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 7836 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 7837 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 7838 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 7839 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7840 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 7841 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7842 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 7843 7844 /* keep last */ 7845 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 7846 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7847 }; 7848 7849 /** 7850 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 7851 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 7852 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 7853 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 7854 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 7855 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 7856 */ 7857 enum nl80211_preamble { 7858 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 7859 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 7860 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 7861 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 7862 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 7863 }; 7864 7865 /** 7866 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 7867 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 7868 * these numbers also for attributes 7869 * 7870 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 7871 * 7872 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 7873 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 7874 */ 7875 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 7876 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 7877 7878 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 7879 7880 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 7881 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 7882 }; 7883 7884 /** 7885 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 7886 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 7887 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 7888 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 7889 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 7890 * reason may be available in the response data 7891 */ 7892 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 7893 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 7894 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 7895 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 7896 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 7897 }; 7898 7899 /** 7900 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 7901 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7902 * 7903 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7904 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 7905 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 7906 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 7907 * (flag attribute) 7908 * 7909 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 7910 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7911 */ 7912 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 7913 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7914 7915 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 7916 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 7917 7918 /* keep last */ 7919 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 7920 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 7921 }; 7922 7923 /** 7924 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 7925 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7926 * 7927 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7928 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 7929 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 7930 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 7931 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 7932 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 7933 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 7934 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 7935 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 7936 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 7937 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 7938 * (u64, usec) 7939 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 7940 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 7941 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 7942 * result. 7943 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 7944 * 7945 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 7946 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7947 */ 7948 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 7949 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7950 7951 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 7952 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 7953 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 7954 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 7955 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 7956 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7957 7958 /* keep last */ 7959 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 7960 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 7961 }; 7962 7963 /** 7964 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 7965 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7966 * 7967 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 7968 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 7969 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 7970 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7971 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7972 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 7973 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7974 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7975 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 7976 * 7977 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 7978 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7979 */ 7980 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 7981 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 7982 7983 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 7984 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 7985 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 7986 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 7987 7988 /* keep last */ 7989 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 7990 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 7991 }; 7992 7993 /** 7994 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 7995 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7996 * 7997 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 7998 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 7999 * measurements can be done with in a single request 8000 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 8001 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 8002 * measurement results 8003 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 8004 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 8005 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 8006 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 8007 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 8008 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 8009 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 8010 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 8011 * sub-attributes taken from 8012 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 8013 * 8014 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 8015 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8016 */ 8017 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 8018 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 8019 8020 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 8021 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 8022 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 8023 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 8024 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 8025 8026 /* keep last */ 8027 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 8028 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 8029 }; 8030 8031 /** 8032 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 8033 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8034 * 8035 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 8036 * is supported 8037 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 8038 * mode is supported 8039 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 8040 * data can be requested during the measurement 8041 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 8042 * location data can be requested during the measurement 8043 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 8044 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 8045 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 8046 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 8047 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 8048 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 8049 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 8050 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 8051 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 8052 * is valid) 8053 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 8054 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 8055 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 8056 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 8057 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 8058 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported 8059 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating if 8060 * ranging on the 6 GHz band is supported 8061 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating 8062 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can transmit in the 8063 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions) 8064 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating 8065 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can receive in the 8066 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions) 8067 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS: u32 attribute indicating 8068 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP TX 8069 * (zero-based) 8070 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS: u32 attribute indicating 8071 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP RX 8072 * (zero-based) 8073 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX: u32 attribute indicating the 8074 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can transmit. The total number 8075 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams). 8076 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS. 8077 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX: u32 attribute indicating the 8078 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can receive. The total number 8079 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams). 8080 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS. 8081 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating the 8082 * device supports operating as the RSTA in PMSR FTM request 8083 * 8084 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 8085 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8086 */ 8087 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 8088 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 8089 8090 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 8091 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 8092 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 8093 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 8094 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 8095 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 8096 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 8097 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 8098 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 8099 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 8100 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT, 8101 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP, 8102 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP, 8103 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS, 8104 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS, 8105 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX, 8106 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX, 8107 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT, 8108 8109 /* keep last */ 8110 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 8111 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 8112 }; 8113 8114 /** 8115 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 8116 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8117 * 8118 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 8119 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 8120 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 8121 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 8122 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 8123 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference". No limit for 8124 * non-EDCA ranging) 8125 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 8126 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 8127 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 8128 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 8129 * default 15 i.e. "no preference"). For non-EDCA ranging, this is the 8130 * burst duration in milliseconds (optional with default 0, i.e. let the 8131 * device decide). 8132 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 8133 * requested per burst 8134 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 8135 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 8136 * (u8, default 3) 8137 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 8138 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 8139 * (flag) 8140 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 8141 * measurement (flag). 8142 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 8143 * mutually exclusive. 8144 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 8145 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 8146 * ranging will be used. 8147 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based 8148 * ranging measurement (flag) 8149 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 8150 * mutually exclusive. 8151 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 8152 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 8153 * ranging will be used. 8154 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 8155 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 8156 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8157 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 8158 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 8159 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8160 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA: optional. Request to perform the measurement 8161 * as the RSTA (flag). When set, the device is expected to dwell on the 8162 * channel specified in %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN until it receives the 8163 * FTM request from the peer or the timeout specified by 8164 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT has expired. 8165 * Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK is set (so the 8166 * RSTA will have the measurement results to report back in the FTM 8167 * response). 8168 * 8169 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 8170 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8171 */ 8172 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 8173 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 8174 8175 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 8176 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 8177 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 8178 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 8179 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 8180 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 8181 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 8182 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 8183 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 8184 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 8185 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 8186 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 8187 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 8188 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA, 8189 8190 /* keep last */ 8191 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 8192 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 8193 }; 8194 8195 /** 8196 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 8197 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 8198 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 8199 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 8200 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 8201 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 8202 * try and get no response) 8203 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 8204 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 8205 * received 8206 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 8207 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 8208 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 8209 * by the peer and are no longer supported 8210 */ 8211 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 8212 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 8213 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 8214 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 8215 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 8216 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 8217 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 8218 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 8219 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 8220 }; 8221 8222 /** 8223 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 8224 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8225 * 8226 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 8227 * (u32, optional) 8228 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 8229 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 8230 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 8231 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 8232 * transmitted (u32, optional) 8233 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 8234 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional) 8235 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 8236 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 8237 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 8238 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 8239 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 8240 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 8241 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 8242 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 8243 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 8244 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 8245 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 8246 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 8247 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 8248 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 8249 * attributes) 8250 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 8251 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 8252 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 8253 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 8254 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 8255 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 8256 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 8257 * optional) 8258 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 8259 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 8260 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 8261 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 8262 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 8263 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 8264 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 8265 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 8266 * Type 8. 8267 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 8268 * (binary, optional); 8269 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 8270 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 8271 * Type 11. 8272 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 8273 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: actual burst period used by 8274 * the responder (similar to request, u16) 8275 * 8276 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 8277 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8278 */ 8279 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 8280 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 8281 8282 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 8283 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 8284 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 8285 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 8286 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 8287 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 8288 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 8289 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 8290 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 8291 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 8292 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 8293 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 8294 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 8295 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 8296 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 8297 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 8298 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 8299 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 8300 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 8301 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 8302 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 8303 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 8304 8305 /* keep last */ 8306 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 8307 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 8308 }; 8309 8310 /** 8311 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 8312 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8313 * 8314 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 8315 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 8316 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 8317 * tx power offset. 8318 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 8319 * values used by members of the SRG. 8320 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 8321 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 8322 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 8323 * 8324 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8325 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 8326 */ 8327 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 8328 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 8329 8330 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 8331 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 8332 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 8333 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 8334 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 8335 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 8336 8337 /* keep last */ 8338 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 8339 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8340 }; 8341 8342 /** 8343 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 8344 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8345 * 8346 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 8347 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 8348 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 8349 * 8350 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8351 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 8352 */ 8353 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 8354 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 8355 8356 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 8357 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 8358 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 8359 8360 /* keep last */ 8361 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 8362 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8363 }; 8364 8365 /** 8366 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 8367 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8368 * 8369 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 8370 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 8371 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 8372 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 8373 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 8374 * 8375 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8376 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 8377 */ 8378 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 8379 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 8380 8381 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 8382 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 8383 8384 /* keep last */ 8385 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 8386 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8387 }; 8388 8389 /** 8390 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 8391 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 8392 * 8393 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8394 * 8395 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 8396 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 8397 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 8398 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled. 8399 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 8400 * frame including the headers. 8401 * 8402 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8403 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8404 */ 8405 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 8406 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 8407 8408 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 8409 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 8410 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 8411 8412 /* keep last */ 8413 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 8414 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 8415 }; 8416 8417 /* 8418 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 8419 * mandatory fields. 8420 */ 8421 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 8422 8423 /** 8424 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 8425 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 8426 * 8427 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8428 * 8429 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 8430 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 8431 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is 8432 * disabled. 8433 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 8434 * frame template (binary). 8435 * 8436 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8437 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8438 */ 8439 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 8440 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 8441 8442 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 8443 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 8444 8445 /* keep last */ 8446 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 8447 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 8448 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 8449 }; 8450 8451 /** 8452 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 8453 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 8454 * used. 8455 * 8456 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 8457 * attribute is not present from userspace. 8458 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 8459 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 8460 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 8461 * can be used. 8462 */ 8463 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 8464 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 8465 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 8466 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 8467 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 8468 }; 8469 8470 /** 8471 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 8472 * 8473 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 8474 * 8475 * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal 8476 */ 8477 enum nl80211_sar_type { 8478 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 8479 8480 /* add new type here */ 8481 8482 /* Keep last */ 8483 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 8484 }; 8485 8486 /** 8487 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 8488 * 8489 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8490 * 8491 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 8492 * 8493 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 8494 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 8495 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 8496 * 8497 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 8498 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 8499 * 8500 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 8501 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 8502 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 8503 * 8504 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8505 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 8506 * 8507 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 8508 */ 8509 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 8510 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 8511 8512 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 8513 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 8514 8515 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 8516 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8517 }; 8518 8519 /** 8520 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 8521 * 8522 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid 8523 * 8524 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 8525 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 8526 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 8527 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 8528 * 8529 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 8530 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 8531 * is applied to this range. 8532 * 8533 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 8534 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 8535 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 8536 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 8537 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 8538 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 8539 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 8540 * 8541 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 8542 * 8543 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 8544 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 8545 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 8546 * 8547 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 8548 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 8549 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 8550 * 8551 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 8552 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 8553 */ 8554 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 8555 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 8556 8557 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 8558 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 8559 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 8560 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 8561 8562 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 8563 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 8564 }; 8565 8566 /** 8567 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 8568 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 8569 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 8570 * MBSSID and EMA. 8571 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 8572 * features. 8573 * 8574 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8575 * 8576 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 8577 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 8578 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 8579 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 8580 * 8581 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 8582 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 8583 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 8584 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 8585 * a non-zero value. 8586 * 8587 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 8588 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 8589 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 8590 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 8591 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 8592 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 8593 * 8594 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 8595 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 8596 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 8597 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 8598 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 8599 * the interface index of the same. 8600 * 8601 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 8602 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 8603 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 8604 * 8605 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID: Link ID of the transmitted profile. 8606 * This parameter is mandatory when NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG attributes 8607 * are sent for a non-transmitted profile and if the transmitted profile 8608 * is part of an MLD. For all other cases this parameter is unnecessary. 8609 * 8610 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8611 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8612 */ 8613 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 8614 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 8615 8616 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 8617 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 8618 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 8619 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 8620 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 8621 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID, 8622 8623 /* keep last */ 8624 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 8625 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8626 }; 8627 8628 /** 8629 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 8630 * 8631 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 8632 * authentication. 8633 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 8634 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 8635 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 8636 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 8637 * userspace. 8638 */ 8639 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 8640 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 8641 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 8642 }; 8643 8644 /** 8645 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes 8646 * 8647 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8648 * 8649 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32) 8650 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this 8651 * radio. Attribute may be present multiple times. 8652 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface 8653 * combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times 8654 * and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 8655 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas 8656 * connected to this radio. 8657 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (u32) of this radio. 8658 * 8659 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8660 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8661 */ 8662 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs { 8663 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID, 8664 8665 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX, 8666 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE, 8667 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION, 8668 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK, 8669 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD, 8670 8671 /* keep last */ 8672 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST, 8673 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8674 }; 8675 8676 /** 8677 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range 8678 * 8679 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8680 * 8681 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32). 8682 * The unit is kHz. 8683 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32). 8684 * The unit is kHz. 8685 * 8686 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8687 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8688 */ 8689 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range { 8690 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID, 8691 8692 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START, 8693 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END, 8694 8695 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST, 8696 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8697 }; 8698 8699 /** 8700 * enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs - S1G short beacon data 8701 * 8702 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8703 * 8704 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD: Short beacon head (binary). 8705 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL: Short beacon tail (binary). 8706 * 8707 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8708 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8709 */ 8710 enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs { 8711 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID, 8712 8713 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD, 8714 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL, 8715 8716 /* keep last */ 8717 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST, 8718 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX = 8719 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST - 1 8720 }; 8721 8722 /** 8723 * enum nl80211_nan_capabilities - NAN (Neighbor Aware Networking) 8724 * capabilities. 8725 * 8726 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID: Invalid. 8727 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Flag attribute indicating that 8728 * the device supports configurable synchronization. If set, the device 8729 * should be able to handle %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG 8730 * attribute in the %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN (and change) command. 8731 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE: Flag attribute indicating that 8732 * NAN Discovery Engine (DE) is not offloaded and the driver assumes 8733 * user space DE implementation. When set, %NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 8734 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION and %NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH commands 8735 * should not be used. In addition, the device/driver should support 8736 * sending discovery window (DW) notifications using 8737 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION and handling transmission and 8738 * reception of NAN SDF frames on NAN device interface during DW windows. 8739 * (%NL80211_CMD_FRAME is used to transmit SDFs) 8740 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE: u8 attribute indicating the supported operation 8741 * modes as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification Table 81 (Operation 8742 * Mode field format). 8743 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS: u8 attribute indicating the number of 8744 * TX and RX antennas supported by the device. Lower nibble indicates 8745 * the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the number of RX 8746 * antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not available. 8747 * See table 79 of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification (Number of 8748 * Antennas field). 8749 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME: u16 attribute indicating the 8750 * maximum time in microseconds that the device requires to switch 8751 * channels. 8752 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES: u8 attribute containing the 8753 * capabilities of the device as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 8754 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field). 8755 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_PHY: nested attribute containing band-agnostic 8756 * capabilities for NAN data path. See &enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr. 8757 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST: Internal 8758 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX: Highest NAN capability attribute. 8759 */ 8760 enum nl80211_nan_capabilities { 8761 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID, 8762 8763 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC, 8764 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE, 8765 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE, 8766 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS, 8767 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME, 8768 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES, 8769 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_PHY, 8770 /* keep last */ 8771 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST, 8772 NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST - 1, 8773 }; 8774 8775 /** 8776 * enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs - NAN peer schedule map attributes 8777 * 8778 * Nested attributes used within %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS to define 8779 * individual peer schedule maps. 8780 * 8781 * @__NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8782 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAP_ID: (u8) The map ID for this schedule map. 8783 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_TIME_SLOTS: An array of u8 values with 32 cells. 8784 * Each value maps a time slot to a channel index within the schedule's 8785 * channel list (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attributes). 8786 * %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT indicates unscheduled. 8787 * @__NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8788 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAX: Highest peer map attribute 8789 */ 8790 enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs { 8791 __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_INVALID, 8792 8793 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAP_ID, 8794 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_TIME_SLOTS, 8795 8796 /* keep last */ 8797 __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST, 8798 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8799 }; 8800 8801 #define NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT 0xff 8802 8803 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 8804